ALD Management (SRAN11.1 05)

SingleRAN
SRAN11.1
ALD Management Feature

Parameter Description
Issue 05
Date 2017-04-30
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2017. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 05 (2017-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Contents
Contents
1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1

1.1 Scope.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Intended Audience.......................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.3 Change History............................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types....................................................................................................................... 6
1.5 Functional Differences Between NB-IoT and FDD....................................................................................................... 6
2 Overview......................................................................................................................................... 7
2.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................... 7
2.2 MRFD-210602/LBFD-001024/TDLBFD-001024/MLBFD-12000421 RET Antenna................................................16
2.3 MRFD-210601 TMA....................................................................................................................................................16
2.4 WRFD-060003 SASU.................................................................................................................................................. 17
2.5 RAE.............................................................................................................................................................................. 17
2.6 AAS Module.................................................................................................................................................................18
2.6.1 AAS Overview.......................................................................................................................................................... 18
2.6.2 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas....................................................................................................................... 18
3 Data Configuration..................................................................................................................... 20
4 Functions and Operations..........................................................................................................21
4.1 RET...............................................................................................................................................................................21
4.1.1 Connections Between RET Antennas and RRUs/RFUs............................................................................................21
4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas.................................................................................................................................... 30
4.2 TMA............................................................................................................................................................................. 32
4.2.1 Connections Between the TMA, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna.............................................................................. 32
4.2.2 Operations on the TMA............................................................................................................................................. 38
4.3 SASU............................................................................................................................................................................ 39
4.3.1 Connections Between the SASU, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna............................................................................. 39
4.3.2 Operations on the SASU............................................................................................................................................41
4.4 RAE.............................................................................................................................................................................. 42
4.4.1 Connections Between the RAE and RRU/RFU........................................................................................................ 42
4.4.2 Operations on the RAE..............................................................................................................................................48
4.5 AAS.............................................................................................................................................................................. 49
4.5.1 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas....................................................................................................................... 49
4.5.2 Operations on AAS Modules.....................................................................................................................................52
Issue 05 (2017-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

SingleRAN
5 Related Features...........................................................................................................................55
5.1 MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier).......................................................................... 55
5.2 MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt......................................................................................................................... 55
5.3 WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz)................................................................................... 56
5.4 LBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control............................................................................................................. 56
5.5 TDLBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control........................................................................................................56
5.6 MLBFD-12000421 Remote Electrical Tilt Control......................................................................................................57
6 Network Impact........................................................................................................................... 58
6.1 MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier).......................................................................... 58
6.2 MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt......................................................................................................................... 58
6.3 WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz)................................................................................... 58
6.4 LBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control............................................................................................................. 59
6.5 TDLBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control........................................................................................................59
6.6 MLBFD-12000421 Remote Electrical Tilt Control......................................................................................................59
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on Multimode Base Station).......60

7.1 When to Use................................................................................................................................................................. 60
7.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 60
7.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................ 60
7.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 60
7.4.1 Requirements............................................................................................................................................................. 60
7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs).......................................................................................................... 60
7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules)............................................................................................................................... 64
7.4.4 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................ 64
7.4.5 Initial Configuration.................................................................................................................................................. 65
7.4.6 Commissioning.......................................................................................................................................................... 66
7.4.7 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................66
7.4.8 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................67
7.4.9 Reconfiguration......................................................................................................................................................... 67
7.5 Performance Monitoring...............................................................................................................................................68
7.6 Parameter Optimization................................................................................................................................................ 68
7.7 Possible Issues.............................................................................................................................................................. 68
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

............................................................................................................................................................ 69
8.1 When to Use................................................................................................................................................................. 69
8.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 69
8.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................ 69
8.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 69
8.4.1 Requirements............................................................................................................................................................. 69
8.4.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................ 69
8.4.3 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................101
8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI............................................................................................................................. 104
Issue 05 (2017-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

SingleRAN
8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands................................................................105

8.4.6 Commissioning........................................................................................................................................................ 116
8.4.7 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................ 116
8.4.8 Deactivation............................................................................................................................................................. 117
8.4.9 Reconfiguration....................................................................................................................................................... 118
8.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................119
8.6 Parameter Optimization.............................................................................................................................................. 119
8.7 Possible Issues............................................................................................................................................................ 119
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on GBTS Side).............................121

9.1 When to Use............................................................................................................................................................... 121
9.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................. 121
9.3 Planning...................................................................................................................................................................... 121
9.4 Deployment................................................................................................................................................................ 121
9.4.1 Requirements........................................................................................................................................................... 121
9.4.2 Data Preparation...................................................................................................................................................... 121
9.4.3 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................137
9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI............................................................................................................................. 139
9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands................................................................139
9.4.6 Commissioning........................................................................................................................................................ 143
9.4.7 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................143
9.4.8 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................143
9.4.9 Reconfiguration....................................................................................................................................................... 143
9.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................144
9.6 Parameter Optimization.............................................................................................................................................. 144
9.7 Possible Issues............................................................................................................................................................ 144
10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment).................................................146

10.1 When to Use............................................................................................................................................................. 146
10.2 Required Information............................................................................................................................................... 146
10.3 Planning.................................................................................................................................................................... 146
10.4 Deployment.............................................................................................................................................................. 146
10.4.1 Process................................................................................................................................................................... 146
10.4.2 Requirements......................................................................................................................................................... 147
10.4.3 Data Preparation.................................................................................................................................................... 147
10.4.4 Creating an ALD Automatic Deployment Task.................................................................................................... 151
10.4.5 Initial Configuration.............................................................................................................................................. 153
10.4.6 Commissioning...................................................................................................................................................... 156
10.4.7 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................156
10.4.8 Checking that ALD Automatic Deployment Is Complete.....................................................................................157
10.4.9 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................157
10.4.10 Reconfiguration................................................................................................................................................... 159
10.5 Performance Monitoring...........................................................................................................................................160
10.6 Parameter Optimization............................................................................................................................................ 160
Issue 05 (2017-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

SingleRAN
10.7 Possible Issues.......................................................................................................................................................... 160

10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration Process..................................................................................................162
11 Parameters................................................................................................................................. 180
12 Counters.................................................................................................................................... 343
13 Glossary..................................................................................................................................... 344
14 Reference Documents............................................................................................................. 345
Issue 05 (2017-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
1 About This Document
1.1 Scope
This document describes antenna line device (ALD) management and provides engineering
guidelines. ALD management includes the features described in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1 Features related to ALD management
RAT Feature ID Feature Name
GSM MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted

Amplifier)
MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt
UMTS MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted

Amplifier)
MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt
WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900

MHz)
LTE FDD LBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control
LTE TDD TDLBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control
LTE NB-IoT MLBFD-12000421 Remote Electrical Tilt Control
This document applies to the following types of base stations:
BTS Type BTS Model
Macro BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, BTS3900C, and

DBS3900
Issue 05 (2017-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

SingleRAN
Any parameters, alarms, counters, or managed objects (MOs) described herein apply only to
the corresponding software release. For future software releases, refer to the corresponding
updated product documentation.
Unless otherwise specified, in this document, LTE, eNodeB, and eRAN always include FDD,
TDD, and NB-IoT.
In addition, the "G", "U", "L", "T", and "M" in RAT acronyms refer to GSM, UMTS, LTE
FDD, LTE TDD and LTE NB-IoT, respectively.
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for personnel who:
l Need to understand the features described herein
l Work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History

This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
l Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier
version
SRAN12.1 03 (2017-04-27)
This issue includes the following changes.
Change Type Change Description Parameter Change
Feature change Added descriptions about the None

following RF module:
l RRU3853
For details, see 2.1 Introduction.
Added descriptions about AAU3970

and deleted descriptions about
AAU5271B.
For details, see 2.6.2 AAS Modules
with Passive Antennas.
Editorial change None None
SRAN12.1 02 (2017-03-20)

SingleRAN

following RF modules:
l RRU5901
l RRU5905w
Added the descriptions about RET

calibration.
For details, see 4.1.2 Operations on
RET Antennas, 4.5.2 Operations on
AAS Modules, 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base
Station Using MML Commands,
and 9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a
Single Base Station Using MML
Commands.
Editorial change Revised descriptions throughout this None

document.
SRAN12.1 01 (2017-03-08)
Feature change Deleted descriptions about the None

l pRRU3901
l pRRU3902
l pRRU3907
l pRRU3911
l pRRU3916
Revised descriptions in the third

scenario of using AAS modules with
passive antennas.
Added operations related to the

remote vendor-defined antenna line
device (RVD).
For details, see 4.5.2 Operations on
AAS Modules.

SingleRAN
Modified descriptions about the

configuration of the RVD.
For details, see 8.4.2 Data
Preparation and 8.4.5 Initial
Station Using MML Commands.

document.
SRAN12.1 Draft B (2017-02-10)


capabilities of the following
modules to support the remote
electrical tilt (RET) function:
l AAU5240
l AAU5940
For details, see 2.6.2 AAS
Modules with Passive Antennas.
Revised descriptions in the third

scenario of using AAS modules
with passive antennas.
For details, see 4.5.1 AAS
Modules with Passive Antennas.
Added descriptions about the

configuration of the RVD.
For details, see 8.4.2 Data
Preparation and 8.4.5 Initial
Added descriptions about current

alarm thresholds for the following
modules:
l AAU5240
l AAU5940
For details, see 8.4.3 Precautions
and 8.4.5 Initial Configuration on
a Single Base Station Using
MML Commands.

SingleRAN

downtilt configuration for the
AAU5940.
For details, see 8.4.5 Initial
Editorial change None None
SRAN12.1 Draft A (2016-12-30)

Draft A (2016-12-30) of SRAN12.1 introduces the following changes to Issue 01
(2016-03-07) of SRAN11.1.

l RRU3953
l RRU3236E
l RRU5301
l RRU5305
l RRU5905
l RRU5909
l RRU5909s

l AAU5271
l AAU5271B
Added the ALM-26274 Inter-System

Board Object Configuration Conflict.
For details, see 8.7 Possible Issues.
Changed LOFD-001024 Remote

Electrical Tilt Control from an
optional to a basic feature.
Changed TDLOFD-001024 Remote
Electrical Tilt Control from an
optional to a basic feature.
For details, see 1.1 Scope.

SingleRAN
Changed the feature ID of Remote

Electrical Tilt Control from
MLBFD-001024 to
MLBFD-12000421.
For details, see 1.1 Scope.

document.
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

Only macro base stations support this feature.
1.5 Functional Differences Between NB-IoT and FDD

There are no functional differences between NB-IoT and FDD.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
2 Overview
2.1 Introduction
ALD is a generic term for antenna devices, including:
l Remote electrical tilt (RET) antenna
l Tower-mounted amplifier (TMA)
l Same-band antenna sharing unit (SASU)
l Remote antenna extension (RAE) unit
l Active antenna system (AAS) module
Currently, a maximum of six ALDs can be cascaded on a control port of a remote radio unit
(RRU)/radio frequency unit (RFU) to enable the RET function, and the number of each type
of ALD varies in different application scenarios. For example, if RET antennas are cascaded,
a maximum of six RET antennas are supported.
Table 2-1 lists the capabilities of GSM, UMTS, LTE FDD, and LTE TDD to configure and
manage different types of ALDs.
Table legend:
l Yes: supported
l No: not supported
Table 2-1 Capabilities of GSM, UMTS, and LTE to configure and manage different types of
ALDs
RAT RET TMA SASU RAE AAS
GSM Yes Yes No Yes Yes
UMTS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
LTE FDD Yes Yes No Yes Yes
LTE TDD Yes No No Yes No
LTE NB-IoT Yes Yes No Yes Yes

SingleRAN
NOTE
The RET cannot be used when a 4T4R RRU serves as two 2T2R RRUs in LTE TDD mode.
The following tables list the capabilities of RF modules to support different types of ALDs.
Table legend:
l Yes: supported
l No: not supported
l /: N/A
If an RF port does not support RET antennas or TMAs, control signals cannot be transmitted
or received on this RF port.
Table 2-2 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with two RF ports to support different types of
ALDs
RF Module RET TMA RET TMA RET (RET TMA
(ANT_A (ANT_A (ANT_B (ANT_B Port) (RET
Port) Port) Port) Port) Port)
CRFUd Yes Yes No Yes / /
CRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /
DRFU No No No No / /
GRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /
LRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /
LRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /
MRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /
MRFUc Yes Yes No Yes / /
MRFUd Yes Yes No Yes / /
MRFUd V6 Yes Yes No Yes / /
MRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /
WRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /
WRFUa Yes Yes No Yes / /
WRFUd Yes Yes No Yes / /
WRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /
RRU3004 No No No No Yes No
RRU3008 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

SingleRAN

RRU3220 Yes No No No Yes No
RRU3220E No No No No / /
RRU3801E Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

SingleRAN

RRU3959w Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3961 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No
RRU3236E No No No No No No
RRU5905w Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU5909s Yes Yes No Yes Yes No

SingleRAN
Table 2-3 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with four RF ports to support different types of
ALDs
RF RET TM RET TM RET TM RE TMA RET TMA
Module (AN A (AN A (AN A T (ANT (RE (RET
T_A (AN T_B (AN T_C (AN (A _D T Port)
Port T_A Port) T_B Port) T_C NT Port) Port
) Port) Port Port) _D )
) Por
t)
MRFUd No No No No Yes Yes No Yes / /

w V6
RRU323 Yes No No No No No No No Yes No

2

5
RRU324 Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No

0

2

6

0
RRU326 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No

2

6
RRU328 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes

1
RRU365 No No No No No No No No Yes No
7

2

2

2

1

3

SingleRAN
RF RET TM RET TM RET TM RE TMA RET TMA

Module (AN A (AN A (AN A T (ANT (RE (RET
T_A (AN T_B (AN T_C (AN (A _D T Port)
Port T_A Port) T_B Port) T_C NT Port) Port
) Port) Port Port) _D )
) Por
t)

2

2
RRU395 Yes Yes No Yes No No No No Yes Yes

2m
RRU395 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes

3

3w
RRU397 Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes

1
RRU590 Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes

1
Table 2-4 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with eight RF ports to support RETs
RF AN AN AN ANT ANT ANT ANT ANT CAL RE
Module T_1 T_2 T_3 _4 _5 _6 _7 _8 Port T
Por Por Por Port Port Port Port Port Port
t t t
RRU3168 No No No No No No No No Yes Yes
Table 2-5 lists the capabilities of RF modules to support RET antennas.

SingleRAN
Table 2-5 Capabilities of RF modules to support RET antennas

RF Module AISG Protocol RET Antenna RET Antenna
Supported Voltage Current
CRFUd 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
CRFUe 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
GRFU 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
LRFU 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
LRFUe 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
MRFU 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
MRFUc 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
MRFUd 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
MRFUd V6 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
MRFUdw V6 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
MRFUe 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
WRFU 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
WRFUa 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
WRFUd 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
WRFUe 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3004 1.1 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3008 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3168 1.1 or 2.0 24 V 2.3 A
RRU3201 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3203 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3220 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3221 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3222 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3229 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3232 1.1 or 2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A
RRU3235 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3240 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3249 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3250 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

SingleRAN

RRU3251 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3252 1.1 or 2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A
RRU3253 1.1 or 2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A
RRU3256 1.1 or 2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A
RRU3259 1.1 or 2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A
RRU3260 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3262 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3268 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3276 1.1, 2.0, or 2.1 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3278 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3279 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3281 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3606 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3628 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3632 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3638 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3657 1.1 or 2.0 24 V 1.2 A
RRU3668 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3672 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3674 1.1 or 2.0 24 V 2.3 A
RRU3675 1.1 or 2.0 24 V 2.3 A
RRU3702 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3772 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3775 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3757 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3801E 1.1 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3804 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3805 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3806 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

SingleRAN

RRU3808 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3824 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3826 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3828 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3829 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3832 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3838 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3839 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3841 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3853 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3908 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3926 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3928 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3929 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3936 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3938 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3939 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3942 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3952 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3952m 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3953 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3953w 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3959 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3959w 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3961 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3964 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3971 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU5301 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU5305 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A

SingleRAN

RRU5901 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU5905 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU5905w 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU5909 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU5909s 1.1 or 2.0 12 V 2.3 A
2.2 MRFD-210602/LBFD-001024/TDLBFD-001024/
MLBFD-12000421 RET Antenna
One RET antenna consists of one remote control unit (RCU) and one or more RET subunits.
l The RCU is the control unit of an RET antenna. It receives and runs the control
commands from the base station and drives the stepper motor. The stepper motor drives
the phase shifter inside the antenna device, and the phase shifter adjusts the antenna tilt.
Interface RS485 functions as the control interface of the RCU.
l RET subunits are antenna devices that can be independently controlled.
An RET antenna may comprise more than one RET subunit combined in a single physical
entity. The RET antenna is classified into the following types:
l A single-antenna RET antenna (SINGLE_RET) has only one RET subunit.

l A multi-antenna RET antenna (MULTI_RET) has multiple RET subunits, each of
which supports the configuration file download and downtilt setting. A multi-antenna
RET antenna can be regarded as a set of single-antenna RET antennas installed in a
radome.
The signal coverage of an RET antenna can be changed by adjusting the tilt through the RCU.
The RET antenna has the following benefits:
l Remote adjustment eliminates onsite operations. Antenna maintenance is not subject to

site conditions such as weather and location.
l High adjustment efficiency reduces network optimization and maintenance costs.
l Adjustable downtilt prevents coverage distortion, which improves signal coverage and
decreases neighboring cell interference.
Compared with antennas with mechanical downtilts, RET antennas have the disadvantages of
higher cost and higher complexity.
2.3 MRFD-210601 TMA

A TMA is a low noise amplifier (LNA) installed next to the antenna. It improves the signal-
to-noise ratio (SNR), sensitivity, and uplink coverage of a base station.

SingleRAN
TMAs are classified into two types: common TMA and smart TMA. Unlike common TMAs,
smart TMAs support the Antenna Interface Standards Group (AISG) protocol. Unless
otherwise stated in this document, "TMA" refers to a smart TMA.
TMAs have a built-in smart bias-tee (SBT) that performs the following functions:
l Converts RS485 signals received from the RCU to on-off-keying (OOK) signals, and
converts OOK signals received from the RRU or RFU to RS485 signals
l Feeds DC power from the RRU/RFU to the RCU
NOTE
l The SBT provides DC power supply and control commands through the feeder for the RCU. The
SBT is applied on the RET antenna side.
l When an RRU or RFU connects to a TMA, at least one RF port supporting the TMA must connect
to this TMA so that the RRU/RFU can transmit control signals to the TMA. For details about
capabilities of RF modules to support the TMA, see 2.1 Introduction.
The TMA provides the following functions:
l Amplifies uplink signals to compensate for attenuation from an antenna to an RRU or

RFU.
l Balances signal amplification between the uplink and downlink.
A TMA has one or multiple subunits and supports amplification of one or multiple uplink RF
signals.
2.4 WRFD-060003 SASU

An SASU is a Huawei customized device for antenna sharing between intra-band GSM and
UMTS modes at a multimode site. Antenna sharing helps operators reduce their capital
expenditure (CAPEX). Currently, the SASU supports only the 900 MHz and 2100 MHz
frequency bands.
An SASU comprises two subunits and each subunit amplifies an uplink RF signal for both
GSM and UMTS systems.
2.5 RAE
The RAE consists of the antenna information sensor unit (AISU) and the RAE for storing
antenna weights.
l AISU
The AISU is a device for measuring the following antenna engineering parameters:
azimuth, mechanical tilt angle, longitude, latitude, and height. Installed on the top of an
antenna, the AISU performs GPS-based direction finding, and works with the base
station and element management system (EMS) to implement the antenna auto-sensing
solution. That is, the engineering parameters described above can be queried remotely in
real time on the EMS.
l RAE for storing antenna weights
An RAE storage chip is added inside an antenna to store the port weight information of
the antenna, thereby avoiding weight confusion. Then corresponding commands are
executed on the EMS to ensure that a base station automatically reads the corresponding

SingleRAN
weighted values from the RAE, and the configurations take effect. In this way, the
antenna coverage reaches the expected results.
The RAE supports the automatic measurement of antenna engineering parameters, which
improves the accuracy of engineering parameters for the antenna system of a base station
and reduces onsite surveys as well as the costs of network optimization for operators.
NOTE
l For the AISU hardware information and installation method, see AISU User Manual.
l The RAE for storing antenna weights is supported by only LTE TDD. For details, see Antenna
Weight Management Feature Parameter Description.
2.6 AAS Module
2.6.1 AAS Overview

An AAS module incorporates the functions of RF modules and antennas. It consists of the
following function units:
l Antenna unit (AU): antenna unit.

l Radio unit (RU): RF unit.
l Management Unit (MU): control unit. Currently, only the AAU3902 has this function
unit.
The passive antennas and RCUs in the AAS provide the antenna and RET functions,
respectively, for the RRU/RFU that are connected to the AAS module.
For details about an AAS product, see the hardware description of the AAS product.
Different types of AAS modules have different sets of integrated dual-polarized antennas. For
details about the mapping between integrated antennas and either of the following: inserted
modules, RET functions, and external ports, see the hardware description of the AAS product.
2.6.2 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas

The passive antenna and RCU built in an AAS module provide the RET function for RRUs
and RFUs in the same way as that provided by a conventional RET antenna. The AAS
module with the passive antenna complies with the AISG 2.0 protocol. The RET antennas of
the passive antennas are cascaded but work independently.
The AAS module supports the RET function by using the Management Unit (MU), the
RETPORT on the AAS active module (RU), or the RRU/RFU. Table 2-6 lists the capabilities
of AAS modules to support the RET function.
Table 2-6 AAS module support for RET

AAS Module Using the MU Using the AAS RU Using the
(Antenna RRU/RFU
Cascading Mode)
AAU3902 Supported Not supported Supported
AAU3910 Not supported Supported Supported

SingleRAN
AAS Module Using the MU Using the AAS RU Using the

(Antenna RRU/RFU
Cascading Mode)
AAU3940 Not supported Supported Not supported
AAU5271 Not supported Not supported Not supported
You can choose only one method based on onsite connections and AAS capabilities. When
the AAS module supports the RET function by using the AAS RU, you are advised to use
only one RU in the AAS to control all the RET antennas.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 3 Data Configuration
3 Data Configuration
ALD device data can be configured in the following methods:

l Manual configuration
All the ALD device data must be manually configured.
l Automatic configuration
Most initial configuration data of an ALD device is automatically configured by the
system, and a small amount of data is manually corrected and supplemented.
The following table lists whether each type of ALD device supports manual or automatic
configuration in this version.
Table 3-1 ALD devices that support manual/automatic deployment

Deployment RET TMA SASU RAE AAS
Mode
Manual Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported

configuration
Automatic Supported Supported Not Not supported Not

configuration supported supported
NOTE
In scenarios in which the RET antenna is connected through the GATM, the RET antenna does not
support automatic configuration.
It is recommended that automatic configuration be used to configure ALD device data and
that manual configuration be used when automatic configuration is not supported.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 Functions and Operations
4 Functions and Operations
4.1 RET
4.1.1 Connections Between RET Antennas and RRUs/RFUs

RET antennas and RRUs/RFUs can be connected in a regular or daisy chain scenario. When
splitters are used, RET antennas and RRUs/RFUs can be connected in a sector splitting
scenario. The scenarios in which the RET antenna is connected through the GATM is
dedicated to the GBTSs. In these scenarios, the DRFU must support RET antennas.
Regular Scenario
In a regular scenario, an RRU can be connected to one RET antenna through the RET port
(RETPORT) or RF port (ANTENNAPORT). The RFU does not have an RETPORT and
therefore can be connected to one RET antenna only through the ANTENNAPORT.
l Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT
This scenario applies only to RRU modules. An AISG multi-wire cable connects the
RETPORT on the RRU to the RCU of the RET antenna, as shown in Figure 4-1. With
the integrated Bias Tee (BT), the RRU can send RS485 control signals and feed 12 V DC
power to the RCU through the RET port. Therefore, no SBT is required. This connection
mode is recommended when the distance between the RRU and the RET antenna is
shorter than 20 m.

SingleRAN
Figure 4-1 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT
For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 in section 8.4 Deployment.
– GBTS: scenario 1 in section 9.4 Deployment.
– Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10
Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment).
l Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT
An SBT is required in this connection mode. Feeders and jumpers connect the RRU or
RFU, SBT, and RET antenna, and an AISG multi-wire cable connects the SBT to the
RCU of the RET antenna, as shown in Figure 4-2.
a. The RRU or RFU combines OOK signals, 12 V DC power, and RF signals, and
sends the combined signals to the SBT through feeders.
b. The SBT splits the combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET
antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control
signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire
cable.

SingleRAN
Figure 4-2 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT
Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2 show the connections between the RET and the RRU/RFU of
multimode base stations. The RRU/RFU must support multiple modes. For details about
data configuration, see chapter 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment
on Multimode Base Station).
l Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with an external BT)
This connection mode applies to RRUs without a BT that are installed 20 m or farther
away from ALD devices, such as the RRU3801C (20 W) for UMTS, and RRU3220 for

SingleRAN
LTE. Without a BT, RF ports cannot provide 12 V DC power for RET antennas. In this
case, connect the RETPORT on an RRU to an external Bias Tee (BT) and connect an
external SBT to an RET antenna for power supply to the antenna, as shown in Figure
4-3. The BT couples the RF signals and the OOK signals to the passive components of
the feeder that is used on the base station side.
Figure 4-3 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with an external BT)
Daisy Chain Scenario

In a daisy chain scenario, two or more RCUs are connected by AISG multi-wire cables. The
upper-level RCU provides RS485 control signals and power for the lower-level RCU.
In Figure 4-4, RRUs are cascaded by connecting to the RET antennas through the RETPORT.
This connection mode applies to the scenario where antennas for multiple sectors are centrally
installed, for example, on the same pole or tower.

SingleRAN
In Figure 4-5, RRUs/RFUs are cascaded by connecting to the RET antennas through the
ANTENNAPORT. The connection through the ANTENNAPORT requires SBTs, and
cascading can reduce the number of required SBTs.
In this scenario, the SCENARIO(BSC6910,BSC6900,eGBTS) parameter for all RET
antennas must be set to DAISY_CHAIN, and the RET antennas are identified by serial
numbers.
l Figure 4-4 for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB corresponds to scenario 1 in 8.4 Deployment.
The connection for a GBTS corresponds to scenario 1 in 9.4 Deployment.
l Figure 4-5 for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB corresponds to scenario 2 in 8.4 Deployment.
The connection for a GBTS corresponds to scenario 2 in 9.4 Deployment.
l If automatic deployment is applied, the connection corresponds to scenario two in 10

SingleRAN
For multimode base stations with independent antennas, Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5 show the
connection between the RET and the RRU. The RRU/RFU in the figure provides services for
different NEs.
The RET antenna data of a multimode base station must be configured only in a single mode.
For details about data configuration, see chapter 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual
Deployment on Multimode Base Station). In Figure 4-4,
l If RRU(1) is managed by the GBTS/eGBTS or eNodeB (the RET data is configured on
the GBTS/eGBTS or eNodeB side), the SCENARIO(BSC6910,BSC6900,eGBTS)
parameters must be set to DAISY_CHAIN for RET antennas connected to RRU(1) and
RRU(2).
l If RRU(1) is managed by the NodeB (the RET data is configured on the NodeB side),
the SCENARIO(BSC6910,BSC6900,eGBTS) parameter must be set to DAISY_CHAIN
or 2G_EXTENSION for the RET antennas connected to RRU(1) and RRU(2),
respectively.
Some RF modules, such as the RRU3942 or RRU3841, have four RF ports. These RF
modules have two or more RF ports to support RET functions except for the RET port. Two
RF ports on these RF modules can be paired and connected to one antenna to provide various
transmit or receive functions. When the RRU3942 or RRU3841 is used, you can refer to
RRU3942 Hardware Description or RRU3841 Hardware Description.
RRU3278 have eight RF ports. The RRU can function as two 4T4R RRUs. After the split, the
RCU of the antenna can be connected only through the RETPORT. The RET antennas are
cascaded because the RRU3278 and have only one RETPORT port. For the connection to the

SingleRAN
RET antenna through the RETPORT, see Figure 4-6. For the connections between the RF
ports of the RRU3278 and the antenna, see RRU3278 Hardware Description. For the
connections between the RF ports of the RRU3259 and the antenna, see RRU3259 Installation
Guide.
The following description assumes that the RRU3942 uses a 2T4R configuration. "T" and "R"
indicate transmission and reception, respectively. RF ports ANT_A and ANT_C on the
RRU3942 are paired and connected to one antenna, and RF ports ANT_B and ANT_D are
paired and connected to the other antenna.
When the RRU3942 is installed less than 20 m away from RET antennas, the RRU3942 is
connected to the RET antennas through the RETPORT. The RET antennas are cascaded
because the RRU3942 has only one RETPORT, as shown in Figure 4-6.
Figure 4-7 shows how the RRU3942 and RET antennas are connected to provide the 2T4R
function when the RRU3942 is installed more than 20 m away from the RET antennas and the
RET antennas are centrally installed.

SingleRAN
In this connection mode, RF port ANT_A is the control port for the two RET antennas
connected to the RRU3942, as shown in Figure 4-7. For the data configuration of this
connection mode for eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, refer to scenario 2 in 8.4 Deployment. For the
data configuration of this connection mode for GBTS, refer to scenario 2 in 9.4 Deployment.
Sector Splitting Scenario

The sector splitting scenario applies to UMTS only. In this scenario, the RRU or RFU is
connected to splitters and then RET antennas, as shown in Figure 4-8.

SingleRAN
Figure 4-8 Sector splitting scenario
In this scenario, the SCENARIO(BSC6910,BSC6900,eGBTS) parameter for all RET

antennas must be set to SECTOR_SPLITTING, and the RET antennas are identified by
serial numbers. For the data configuration of this connection mode for an eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB, see scenario 2 in section 8.4 Deployment. This connection mode does not apply to
the GBTS.
GATM Scenario
The scenarios in which the RET antenna is connected through the GATM is dedicated to the
GBTSs. In these scenarios, the DRFU must support RET antennas. In this scenario, a DRFU,
which cannot provide OOK signals or support BT function, can be connected to an RET
antenna through a GATM, BT, and SBT, as shown in Figure 4-9. In this scenario:
1. The GATM provides OOK signals and 12 V DC power for the BT. Then the BT
combines OOK signals, 12 V DC power, and RF signals sent by the DRFU and sends the
combined signals to the SBT through feeders. The SBT splits the combined signals
received into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other

SingleRAN
link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is
forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.
Because of its hardware limitations, the GATM supports only RET antennas compatible with
AISG1.1 protocols and does not support RET antennas compatible with AISG2.0 protocols.
Figure 4-9 GATM scenario
For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 5 in section 9.4
Deployment.
4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas

The base station can perform operations, including configuration file loading, antenna
calibration, and downtilt setting, on each RET subunit separately.
l Configuration file loading
A configuration file describes the relationship between the RCU and the RET subunit
downtilt. The configuration file is provided by the RET antenna manufacturer. Some
RET antennas have been loaded with default configuration files before delivery. For
antennas without default configuration files, run the following command to load the
configuration files:
– GBTS: LOD BTSRETCFGDATA. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the configuration file from the file server to
the base station controller (BSC) operation and maintenance unit (OMU).
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD RETCFGDATA

SingleRAN
Ensure that correct configuration files have been loaded to the RET antennas before
antenna calibration. If an incorrect configuration file is loaded, the RET antenna
will experience unexpected errors. In this case, you can run the DSP
BTSRETSUBUNIT (GBTS) or DSP RETSUBUNIT (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)
command to query the name of the last loaded configuration file and the load time.
You are advised to load the configuration file to the RET antennas of one or two
base stations, and check whether the actual downtilts are the same as the configured
downtilts. Ensure that a correct configuration file is loaded to the RET subunit
before the calibration.
NOTE
Run the following command to query dynamic information about RET additional data:
l GBTS: DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
If any information is incorrect in the command output, for example, the values of Max tilt and
Min tilt are NULL, no configuration file was loaded or the configuration file is lost.
l Antenna calibration
After an RET antenna is installed, run the following command to calibrate the RET
antenna:
– GBTS: CLB BTSRET
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: CLB RET
During the calibration, RCUs adjust the antennas within the downtilt range until the
antennas operate properly. If the RET antenna is not calibrated, the base station reports
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated.
After the preceding calibration command is executed:
– If the RET antenna downtilt has been configured on the base station side, it will be
restored to the configured value.
– If the RET antenna downtilt has not been configured, it will be determined by the
actual RET antenna implementation.
NOTE
l An RET antenna does not need to be calibrated again after it is reset or powered off.
l Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before
delivery) and ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this
procedure if the RET antenna has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not
Calibrated is reported.
l Downtilt setting
After the RET antenna is calibrated, run the following command to set an RET subunit
downtilt:
– GBTS: MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETSUBUNIT
Before the configuration, run the following command to query the supported downtilt
range:
– GBTS: DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
Because setting RET subunit downtilt affects the coverage of the related antennas,
specify parameters based on the engineering design.

SingleRAN
NOTE
The downtilt range of an RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and model.
The base station can perform operations on the RCU separately, including software download
and RCU reset.
l RCU software download
The RET manufacturers provide RCU software. For details, see the documents provided
by the manufacturers.
Run the following command to download the RCU software:
– GBTS: LOD BTSALDSW. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the RCU software from the file server to the
BSC OMU.
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD ALDSW
l RCU reset
Run the following command to reset the RCU:
– GBTS: RST BTSALD
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: RST ALD
Resetting the RCU does not change the RET antenna downtilt.
4.2 TMA
4.2.1 Connections Between the TMA, RRU/RFU, and RET

Antenna
If an RRU or RFU is to be connected to an RET antenna through a TMA, the RRU or RFU
control port must be connected to the TMA control port.
Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)

A TMA is connected to an RRU or RFU and RET antenna, and is powered by the RRU or
RFU.
With the integrated SBT, the TMA splits combined signals from the RRUs or RFUs into two
links. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are
converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an
AISG multi-wire cable.
Figure 4-10 shows how an RRU or RFU with two RF ports is connected to the TMA and
RET antenna.

SingleRAN
Figure 4-10 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.
l GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.
l Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 2 or 5 in section 10.4
Deployment.
Figure 4-11 shows how two RF modules are cascaded and then connected to the TMA and
RET antenna. In this mode, RF ports ANT_A on the two RF modules are connected to the
TMA and RET antenna, and either RF port ANT_A can be the control port for the RET
antenna connected to the two RF modules.

SingleRAN
Figure 4-11 Two cascaded RF modules connected to the TMA and RET antenna
l Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 6 in section 10.4 Deployment.
When RRUs with four RF ports are connected to two antennas, two RF ports on these RRUs
can be paired and connected to one antenna. The following description assumes that the
RRU3942 uses a 2T4R configuration. RF ports ANT_A and ANT_C on the RRU3942 are
paired and connected to one antenna, and RF ports ANT_B and ANT_D are paired and
connected to the other antenna. Figure 4-12 shows how the RRU3942 is connected to the
TMA and RET antenna.

SingleRAN
Figure 4-12 RRU3942 (2T4R) connected to the TMA and RET antenna
In this connection mode, RF ports ANT_A and ANT_B are the control ports for Antenna(1)
and Antenna(2), respectively. For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the
following scenarios:

l Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 7 in section 10.4 Deployment.
Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a TMA)

This connection mode applies to RRUs without a BT, such as the RRU3004 for GSM,
RRU3801C (20 W) for UMTS, and RRU3220 for LTE. Without a BT, RF ports cannot

SingleRAN
provide 12 V DC power for antennas. In this case, connect the RETPORT on an RRU to an
external BT to provide power for antennas, as shown in Figure 4-13.
The signal transmission process is as follows:
1. The RRU supplies 12 V DC power and sends RS485 control signals to the external BT
through an AISG multi-wire cable.
2. The BT converts RS485 control signals to OOK signals, combines the OOK signals and
RF signals, transparently forwards 12 V DC power, and sends the combined signals to
the TMA.
3. The TMA splits the combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET
antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control
signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.
Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 4 in section 9.4 Deployment for
a GBTS.

SingleRAN
Figure 4-13 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
Connection to the TMA Through the GATM

Connections between the GATM and TMA apply to the GBTS only. In this scenario, a DRFU
is connected to a TMA through a GATM and BT, as shown in Figure 4-14. The GATM feeds
12 V DC power to the BT. Then, the BT combines the OOK signals, 12 V DC power, and RF
signals and sends the combined signals to the TMA.
The GATM can supply power only to the connected TMA. The TMA provides the default
gains, not the configured gains. You need to configure parameters related to the power switch
and current alarm threshold for the port on the GATM connecting to the TMA. For details
about data preparation, see Table 9-7. Then, configure parameters related to the RX channel

SingleRAN
attenuation. For details about data preparation, see Table 9-5. RET data is not involved in this
connection mode.
Figure 4-14 Connection to the RET antenna through the GATM
4.2.2 Operations on the TMA

NOTE
The gain of the TMA with fixed gain is not configurable.
TMA gain and working mode are configurable.

l Setting TMA working mode
By default, the TMA is set to NORMAL working mode to ensure normal operation. If
you run the following command with the MODE(BSC6910,BSC6900,eGBTS)
parameter set to BYPASS, the TMA serves as a straight-through feeder and does not
amplify signals:
– GBTS: MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD TMASUBUNIT
l Setting TMA gain
a. Run the following command to query the value range of TMA gain:
GBTS: DSP BTSTMADEVICEDATA
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP TMADEVICEDATA

SingleRAN
b. Run the following command to set TMA subunit gain:

GBTS: MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD TMASUBUNIT
The base station can perform operations on the TMA separately, including software download
and TMA reset.
l TMA software download
Run the following command to download the TMA software:
– GBTS: LOD BTSALDSW. Before you run this command, run the DLD
BTSALDFILE command to download the TMA software from the file server to
the BSC OMU.
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD ALDSW
For details about the TMA software, see the documents provided by the TMA
manufacturer.
l TMA reset
Run the following command to reset the TMA:
– GBTS: RST BTSALD
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: RST ALD
Resetting the TMA does not change the TMA gain and working mode.
4.3 SASU
4.3.1 Connections Between the SASU, RRU/RFU, and RET

Antenna
Figure 4-15 shows how the SASU, RRUs/RFUs, and RET antenna are connected when
RRUs/RFUs for GSM (referred to as 2G) and UMTS (referred to as 3G) share one RET
antenna and the SASU is installed less than 20 m away from the RET antenna. With the
integrated SBT, the SASU splits combined 3G signals from the RRUs/RFUs into two links.
RF signals and 2G signals are combined and sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the
other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is

SingleRAN
Figure 4-15 SASU directly connected to the RET antenna
SASU data can be configured only on the NodeB side. Because the SASU is an active device,
you need to turn on the power switch for the 3G RRU control port on the NodeB side, and
specify current alarm thresholds. For connection mode in Figure 4-15, set the DCSWITCH
parameter for the SASU to OFF. Otherwise, the RET antenna will short-circuit. For the data
configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 5 in section 8.4 Deployment.
Figure 4-16 shows how the SASU, RRUs/RFUs, TMA, and RET antenna are connected
when the SASU is installed greater than 20 m away from the RET antenna. The SASU
combines 2G and 3G signals and sends the combined signals to the TMA. The TMA splits the
combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the
other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is

SingleRAN
Figure 4-16 SASU connected to the TMA and RET antenna
In this connection mode, the DCSWITCH parameter for the SASU cannot be set to OFF
because the TMA is an active device. If the DCSWITCH parameter is set to UMTS, specify
the DCLOAD parameter for SASU subunits so that the TMA connected to the SASU can be
acknowledged by the base transceiver station (BTS). For the data configuration for this
connection mode, see scenario 6 in section 8.4 Deployment.
4.3.2 Operations on the SASU

The SASU DC power switch, gain, and working mode are configurable only on the NodeB
side.
l Setting the DC power switch

When the SASU is connected to the RET antenna through a TMA, run the MOD SASU
command with the DCSWITCH parameter set to any value except OFF. When the

SingleRAN
SASU is directly connected to the RET antenna, set the DCSWITCH parameter for the
SASU to OFF. Otherwise, the RET antenna will short-circuit.
l Setting SASU working mode
By default, the SASU is set to NORMAL working mode to ensure normal operation. If
you run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command with the MODE parameter set to
BYPASS, the SASU serves as a straight-through feeder and does not amplify signals.
l Setting SASU gain
1. Run the DSP SASUDEVICEDATA command to query the value range of SASU gain.
2. Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set SASU subunit gain.
The base station can perform operations on the SASU separately, including software
download and SASU reset.
l SASU software download
Run the DLD ALDSW command to download the SASU software.
For details about the SASU software, see the documents provided by the SASU
manufacturer.
l SASU reset
Run the RST ALD command to reset the SASU.
Resetting the SASU does not change the SASU gain and working mode.
4.4 RAE
4.4.1 Connections Between the RAE and RRU/RFU

When an RAE connects to RRUs/RFUs, only one AISU is installed for a sector, and other
connected RET devices are not equipped with the RAE. One RRU can control only one
AISU. The AISU must be installed on the antenna connected to the RRU, forming a control
link.
Scenario 1: Connection to the RAE Through the RETPORT

Figure 4-17 shows a connection to the RAE through the RETPORT.

SingleRAN
Figure 4-17 Connection to the RAE through the RETPORT
For details of data configuration in this connection mode for the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 9 in section 8.4 Deployment.
Scenario 2: Connection to the RAE Through the RETPORT (with an RET

Antenna)
Figure 4-18 shows a connection to the RAE through the RETPORT (with an RET antenna).

SingleRAN
Figure 4-18 Connection to the RAE through the RETPORT (with an RET antenna)
Scenario 3: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT

Figure 4-19 shows a connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT.

SingleRAN
Figure 4-19 Connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT
Scenario 4: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET

Antenna)
Figure 4-20 shows a connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET
antenna).

SingleRAN
Figure 4-20 Connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET antenna)
Scenario 5: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)

Figure 4-21 shows a connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA).

SingleRAN
Figure 4-21 Connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
Scenario 6: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA

and an RET Antenna)
Figure 4-22 shows a connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA and
an RET antenna).

SingleRAN
Figure 4-22 Connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA and an RET
antenna)
4.4.2 Operations on the RAE

Antenna engineering parameters can be remotely queried.
l Querying the RAE function list
Run the DSP RAEFUNCTION command to query the functions supported by the RAE.
l Querying antenna engineering parameters
Run the DSP RAEDEVICEDATA command to query the antenna engineering
parameters, including antenna azimuth, mechanical tilt angle, height, latitude, and
longitude.
The base station can perform operations on the RAE separately, including RAE software
download and RAE reset.

SingleRAN
l RAE software download

Run the DLD ALDSW command to download the RAE software. For details about the
RAE software, see the documents provided by the RAE manufacturer.
l RAE reset
Run the RST ALD command to reset the RAE.
4.5 AAS
4.5.1 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas

An AAS module with passive antennas has two types of external ports: an RET port
(RETPORT) and an antenna port (ANTENNAPORT). The AAS has the antenna ports at the
bottom of the AU. Some AAS modules have AISG ports, which are connected to the
RRU/RFU for the RET function.
Table 2-6 lists the capabilities of AAS modules to support the RET function.
Before setting the RET function, you must configure the AAS module.
RETTYPE(BSC6910,BSC6900,eGBTS) must be set to SINGLE_RET.
SCENARIO(BSC6910,BSC6900,eGBTS) must be set to DAISY_CHAIN. You can
determine which antenna to use for the RET function according to the serial number of the
integrated antenna. If you need to use only one set of antennas for the RET function, set
SCENARIO(BSC6910,BSC6900,eGBTS) to DAISY_CHAIN. In this case, specify the
VENDORCODE(BSC6910,BSC6900,eGBTS) and SERIALNO(BSC6910,BSC6900,eGBTS)
parameters because the antennas in the AAS module are working in daisy chain mode. For the
serial numbers of the integrated antennas in the AAS module, see the hardware description of
the AAS module.
Scenario 1: Using the MU for the RET Function on the AAS Module
As shown in Figure 4-23, RRUs or RFUs connect to an AAS module with passive antennas
through external ports on the AAS module. Choose an appropriate external port to connect the
RRU or RFU to the AAS module. The integrated RCU provides the RET function for the
AAS module with passive antennas and the RCU is controlled by the MU. In this scenario,
the RET function for the AAS module with passive antennas must be set by the RAT that
manages the AAS module. For example, to enable GSM RRUs/RFUs to use the RET function
for the AAS module with passive antennas, the RET function must be set in UMTS that
manages the AAS module with passive antennas.
Before setting the RET function, you must configure the AAS module. Compared with the
RET function on conventional antennas, the RET function on the AAS module with passive
antennas does not require you to configure power supply switches or current alarm thresholds.
Deployment.

SingleRAN
Figure 4-23 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (MU for RET function)
Scenario 2: Using the RRU/RFU for the RET Function on the AAS Module
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is provided by an RRU or
RFU connecting to the AAS module, the connections between the RRU or RFU and the AAS
module are similar to the connections between the RRU or RFU and the conventional RET
antennas except for the AISG port configuration, as shown in Figure 4-24. In this scenario,
the AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration
can be performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
For other data configurations,
l In scenarios in which the RET function is set on an RETPORT through which an AAS
module is connected to the RRU, eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB corresponds to scenario 1 in
8.4 Deployment, and GBTS corresponds to scenario 1 in 9.4 Deployment.
l In scenarios in which the RET function is set on an ANTENNAPORT through which an
AAS module is connected to the RRU/RFU, eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB corresponds to
scenario 2 in 8.4 Deployment and GBTS corresponds to scenario 2 in 9.4 Deployment.

SingleRAN
Figure 4-24 Using the RRU/RFU
Scenario 3: Using the Active Module (RU) on the AAS Module for the RET
Function
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the active
module on the AAS:
l For the AAU3910/AAU3911/AAU3920/AAU3961, the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by an RET port, as shown in Figure 4-25.
l For the AAU3940/AAU5940, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by an
antenna port and the port must be R0A, as shown in Figure 4-26.
In this case, the active module works as a conventional RET device and therefore
configurations on this active module are the same as those on a conventional RET device. In
addition, some AAS modules not only provide the RET function but also some Huawei-
defined functions. For example, the AAU5940 provides the vertical beamwidth adjustment
feature which is configured and manged by the RVD.
For other data configurations for this connection mode for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see
scenario 8 in section "8.4 Deployment."

SingleRAN
Figure 4-25 RET function controlled by the active module of an AAS module (AAU3910/
AAU3911/AAU3920/AAU3961)
Figure 4-26 RET function controlled by the active module of an AAS module (AAU3940/
AAU5940)
4.5.2 Operations on AAS Modules
Operations on the RET Part of AAS Modules with Passive Antennas

Each RET subunit of the passive antennas in the AAS module functions as a single antenna
working in daisy chain mode.
l Scanning

SingleRAN
You can scan all the AAS modules connected to an RF module. When the RET function
for a specific AAS module is controlled by an RF module, the RET function for the
module cannot be scanned or controlled by other RF modules that are also connected to
the AAS module.
If multiple RF modules share the AAS module, running the SCN ALD command may
fail to scan all the RET function controlled by each RF module at a time. In this scenario,
you can run this command separately for the RF module for which the RET cannot be
found.
Loading configuration files is not required because AAS modules with passive antennas
come with built-in configurations files. If ALM-26754 RET Antenna Data Loss is
reported, the configuration files have been lost. In such a case, you can run the DLD
RETCFGDATA command to reload configuration files for the AAS module. Note that
this command applies only to eGBTSs/NodeBs/eNodeBs.
After an AAS module with passive antennas is installed, run the CLB RET command on
the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to calibrate the antennas. During the calibration, RCUs
adjust the antennas within the downtilt range until the antennas operate properly. If the
calibration fails, ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is generated.
NOTE
l After the AAS module is reset or powered off, it does not need to be calibrated again.
l Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery)
and ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET
antenna has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.
l Downtilt setting
After the AAS module is calibrated, run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command on the
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to query the supported downtilt range. Then, run the
MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set the downtilts for RET subunits. Because setting
RET subunit downtilt affects the coverage of the related antennas, specify parameters
based on the engineering design.
NOTE
Each RET subunit supports a unique downtilt range.
In an AAS module with passive antennas, the base station can download software and reset
the RCU for each RCU separately.
l RCU software download
Run the DLD ALDSW command on the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to download the
RCU software. For details, see AAS-related documents.
l RCU reset
Run the RST ALD command on the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to reset an RCU.
RCU reset does not change the antenna's downtilt.
Operations on the RVD Part of AAS Modules with Passive Antennas

The RVD is a configuration model for managing Huawei-defined devices. Some AAS
modules integrate certain Huawei proprietary functions. For example, the AAU5940 provides
the vertical beamwidth adjustment feature, which is controlled by the RVD.
The operation processes of the RVD are described as follows:

SingleRAN
l Scanning
Run the SCN ALD command to scan the RET function controlled by RF modules. An
RVD can be scanned when it exists.
Run the DLD ALDCFGDATA command to reload configuration files for the RVD. Set
the Device Type parameter in the command to RVD(RVD). This command applies only
to eGBTSs, NodeBs, and eNodeBs.
Run the CLB ALD command to calibrate an RVD. This command applies only to
eGBTSs, NodeBs, and eNodeBs. If the calibration fails, ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not
Calibrated is generated. Set the Device Type parameter in the command to RVD(RVD).
Vertical beamwidth adjustment (for example, the adjustment provided by the AAU5940):
l Vertical beamwidth configuration
– Before the configuration, run the DSP RVDSUBUNIT command to query the tilt
angle range supported by the RVD subunit. This command applies only to eGBTSs,
NodeBs, and eNodeBs.
– Run the MOD RVDSUBUNIT to configure the vertical beamwidth. This command
applies only to eGBTSs, NodeBs, and eNodeBs.
NOTE
Because setting vertical beamwidth using the RVD affects the coverage of the related antennas,
specify parameters based on the engineering design.
In an AAS module with passive antennas, the base station can download software and reset
the RVD.
l Downloading the software
The AAS manufacturers provide software corresponding to the RVD. For details, see the
AAS-related documents. Run the DLD ALDSW command to download software for an
RVD. This command applies only to eGBTSs, NodeBs, and eNodeBs. In the command,
set the Device Type parameter to RVD(RVD).
l RVD reset
Run the RST ALD command to reset an RVD. When an RVD is reset, the new
parameter configurations take effect.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 5 Related Features
5 Related Features
5.1 MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted

Amplifier)
Prerequisite Features
None
Mutually Exclusive Features

None
Impacted Features
None
5.2 MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt

None

None
Impacted Features
None

SingleRAN
5.3 WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900

MHz)
None

None
Impacted Features
None
5.4 LBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control

None

None
Impacted Features
None
5.5 TDLBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control

None

None
Impacted Features
None

SingleRAN
5.6 MLBFD-12000421 Remote Electrical Tilt Control

None

None
Impacted Features
None

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 6 Network Impact
6 Network Impact
6.1 MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted

Amplifier)
System Capacity
None
Network Performance
None
6.2 MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt

System Capacity
None
Network Performance
None
6.3 WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900

MHz)
System Capacity
None
Network Performance
None

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 6 Network Impact
6.4 LBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control

System Capacity
None
Network Performance
None
6.5 TDLBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control

System Capacity
None
Network Performance
None
6.6 MLBFD-12000421 Remote Electrical Tilt Control

System Capacity
None
Network Performance
None

SingleRAN 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description Multimode Base Station)
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual

Deployment on Multimode Base Station)
7.1 When to Use

It is recommended that ALD management be used when ALDs have been installed and the
ALDs comply with the AISG protocol. The AISG protocol has two commonly used versions,
AISG v1.1 and AISG v2.0. Both are supported in SRAN8.0 and later.
7.2 Required Information

N/A
7.3 Planning
N/A
7.4 Deployment
7.4.1 Requirements
GSM, LTE, and UMTS are not involved.
7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs)

Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control port
provides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's
cable connections.
Device data in a co-MPT multimode base station needs to be configured only once. For a co-
MPT multimode base station, you only need to determine which RRU/RFU port is the control
port for the ALD device and configure the power switch, current threshold and ALD data
once.

For a separate-MPT base station, the RRU or RFU can be managed by a single mode or
multiple modes. Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all data for
the ALD powered by this RRU or RFU in this mode. This procedure involves the following
two scenarios:
Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode

The RRU or RFU is working in a single-mode or multimode base station, and provides power
and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all ALD data in this mode.
Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes

The RRU or RFU is working in a multimode base station, and provides power and OOK
signals for the ALD.
Parameters related to the ALD control port in this scenario are RF module common
parameters. During the data preparation, initial configuration, feature reconfiguration, the
common parameters must be set to the consistent values in all RAT systems served by the
multi-mode RRU/RFU.
Table 7-1 Common ALD parameters for RF modules in each mode

Object GBTS eGBTS/ Recommended Setting
Parameter NodeB/
Name eNodeB/Co
-MPT Base
Station
Parameter
Name
Control port RET ALD ALD Power For a separate-MPT base station, set this
(RET port as Power Switch parameter to ON in all modes. The
a control Switch RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT
port) switches on one RRU cannot be turned on
simultaneously.
RET ALD Current For a separate-MPT base station, each of

Current Alarm these parameters must be set to the same
Alarm Threshold value in all modes. For recommended
Threshold values, see Table 8-24.
Type
RET ALD Undercurrent

Under Alarm Occur
Current Threshold
Occur
Threshold(
mA)


Parameter NodeB/
Name eNodeB/Co
-MPT Base
Station
Parameter
Name
RET ALD Undercurrent

Under Alarm Clear
Current Threshold
Clear
Threshold(
mA)
RET ALD Overcurrent

Over Alarm Occur
Current Threshold
Occur
Threshold(
mA)
RET ALD Overcurrent

Over Alarm Clear
Current Threshold
Clear
Threshold(
mA)
Control port ANT_A ALD Power For a separate-MPT base station, set this
(RF port as a ALD Power Switch parameter to ON in all modes. The
control port Switch RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT
and ANT_A switches on one RRU cannot be turned on
as an simultaneously.
example)
ANT_A Current For a separate-MPT base station, each of
ALD Alarm these parameters must be set to the same
Current Threshold value in all modes. For recommended
Alarm Type values, see Table 8-23.
Threshold
Type
ANT_A Undercurrent
ALD Over Alarm Occur
Current Threshold
Occur
Threshold(
mA)


Parameter NodeB/
Name eNodeB/Co
-MPT Base
Station
Parameter
Name
ANT_A Undercurrent
ALD Over Alarm Clear
Current Threshold
Clear
Threshold(
mA)
ANT_A Overcurrent
ALD Under Alarm Occur
Current Threshold
Occur
Threshold(
mA)
ANT_A Overcurrent
ALD Under Alarm Clear
Current Threshold
Clear
Threshold(
mA)
RRU/RFU Antenna Attenuation If no TMA is used, set this parameter to 0.

RX channel Tributary 1 If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this parameter
attenuation Factor to a value within the range from 4 dB to 11
Antenna Attenuation dB.
Tributary 2 If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this parameter
Factor to a value within the range from 11 dB to
22 dB.
For a separate-MPT base station, each of
these parameters must be set to the same
value in all modes.
NOTE
When an RF port except ANT_A is used as a control port, common ALD parameters are named in the
following ways:
l For a GBTS, common ALD parameters are named by analogy based on Table 7-1. For example,
when ANT_B is used as the control port, ANT_B ALD Power Switch is the correct parameter name
l For an eGBTS, NodeB, eNodeB, or co-MPT base station, common ALD parameters are named in
the same way as those listed in Table 7-1.
Other ALD-related parameters, except the RF module common parameters, must be set only
in one mode of the separate-MPT base station. Choose one from the modes that manage the
RRU or RFU providing power and OOK signals for the ALD. Then, configure all data for the
ALD only in this mode.

NOTE
l The mode in which the other ALD-related parameters are set must be the same in the data
preparation, initial configuration, activation observation, and reconfiguration.
l Only one maintenance link can be established between the RRU or RFU and the ALDs. Therefore,
ALD data can be configured only in one mode of a multimode base station. If ALD data is
configured in two modes in this multimode base station, unexpected faults will occur. For example,
ALDs cannot be scanned, or ALM-26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure is reported. If such faults
occur, remove the ALD data configuration in both modes, and scan and configure the ALDs in the
correct mode. If ALDs cannot be scanned after the ALD data configuration is removed, turn off the
power switches in both modes, and set the power switches and current alarm thresholds in both
modes again.
7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules)

Device data in a co-MPT multimode base station needs to be configured only once. For a co-
MPT multimode base station using AAS modules with passive antennas, you only need to
configure ALD data only once.
For a separate-MPT base station using AAS modules, configure ALD data based on the site's
cable connections. The RET data must be configured only on one side.
When an AAS module with passive antennas does not have an AISG port, the RET function
on the AAS module is configured on and managed by the mode managing the AAS module.
Therefore, determine the managing mode first. If the AAS module is managed by multiple
modes, select one of them.
When the AAS module has an AISG port, the RET function on the AAS module with passive
antennas is configured on and managed by the mode that manages AAS module (Method 1).
Alternatively, the RET function is configured on the RRU or RFU that provides power and
OOK signals for the AAS module with passive antennas (Method 2). When the site's cable
connections support both methods, you can use only one method to configure the RET
function because faults may occur if you choose both methods.
l If method 1 is used, the configuration for the RET function is same as that for scenario in
which the AAS module does not have an AISG port.
l If method 2 is used, the configuration for the RET function is same as that for the RET
antennas. For details, see section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs).
7.4.4 Data Preparation

For a co-MPT base station, data preparation is the same as that for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
For a separate-MPT base station, the data preparation procedure is detailed in the following
three scenarios. Note that the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD in
scenarios 1 and 2.

In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
This scenario does not involve RF module common parameters. Determine the mode that
manages the RRU or RFU according to 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs)
and then prepare all ALD data in the mode. For details, see the following data preparation
sections:

l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.

l GBTS: section 9.4.2 Data Preparation.

Prepare the RF module common parameters on the sides of all the modes that manage the
RRU or RFU. For details, see Table 7-1.
Select one of the modes that manage the RRN or RFU according to 7.4.2 Overall Process
(RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs) and then prepare other ALD parameters except the RF module
common parameters in this mode. For details, see the following data preparation sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
l GBTS: section 9.4.2 Data Preparation.
Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used

Determine the mode in which the RET function is set for the AAS module according to
section 7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules). The data preparation for the mode is the same
as that for a single-mode base station.
If an AAS module with passive antennas is used, see scenario 1, 2, 7, or 8 in section 8.4.2
Data Preparation.
7.4.5 Initial Configuration

For a co-MPT base station, initial configuration is the same that for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI or 8.4.5 Initial
Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
For a separate-MPT base station, initial configurations differ as follows:

The RRU or RFU is working in a single-mode or multimode base station, and provides power
and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all data for the ALD
powered by this RRU or RFU in this mode. For details, see the following initial configuration
sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: sections 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 8.4.5
Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
l GBTS: sections 9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 9.4.5 Initial

The RRU or RFU is working in a multimode base station, and provides power and OOK
signals for the ALD.
Before you set other ALD-related parameters, set the RF module common parameters listed in
Table 7-1 to consistent values for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU. If ALD power

supply switches are turned on for the modes managing the RRU or RFU and current alarm
threshold configurations are inconsistent for these modes, ALM-26272 Inter-System RF Unit
Parameter Settings Conflict will be reported.
Run the following commands to set RF module common parameters:
l GBTS: SET BTSRXUBP
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETPORT/MOD ANTENNAPORT
NOTE
The RRU or RFU managed by multiple modes can supply power to ALDs only if the ALD power
switches are turned on for all modes that manage the multi-mode RRU or RFU. The ALD can be
scanned only after the power supply is normal.
The RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.
Then, select one of the modes that manage the RRU or RFU and set the other ALD-related
parameters in this mode. For example, if the RRU or RFU is managed by the GBTS and
NodeB, set the other ALD-related parameters on the GBTS or NodeB side. The configuration
procedure is the same as that for the related mode.
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: sections 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 8.4.5
Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
l GBTS: sections 9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 9.4.5 Initial

Determine the mode in which the RET function is configured in the AAS module based on
section 7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules) and then perform initial configuration in this
mode accordingly.
You can initially configure an AAS module in the following ways:
l To use a graphical user interface (GUI) to configure an AAS module, see section 8.4.4
Initial Configuration on the GUI.
l To use man-machine language (MML) commands to configure an AAS module with
passive antennas, see scenario 1, 2, 7, or 8 in section 8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a
Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
7.4.6 Commissioning
For a co-MPT base station, the commissioning procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.6 Commissioning.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module command
parameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 Overall
Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details,
see the following sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.6 Commissioning.
l GBTS: section 9.4.6 Commissioning.
7.4.7 Activation Observation

For a co-MPT base station, the active observation procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.7 Activation Observation.

l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.7 Activation Observation.

l GBTS: section 9.4.7 Activation Observation.
7.4.8 Deactivation
For a co-MPT base station, the deactivation procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.8 Deactivation.
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.8 Deactivation.

l GBTS: section 9.4.8 Deactivation.
7.4.9 Reconfiguration
For a co-MPT base station, the reconfiguration procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,
NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.
For a separate-MPT base station, reconfigurations differ as follows:

cable connections.
This scenario does not involve RF module common parameters. Determine the mode that
manages the RRU or RFU based on section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/
RAEs) and reconfigure ALD data in this mode. For details, see the following reconfiguration
sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB/co-MPT base station: section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.

l GBTS: section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

If the RF module common parameters listed in Table 7-1 need to be reconfigured, reconfigure
the parameters consistently for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU.
Run the following commands to set RF module common parameters:
l GBTS: SET BTSRXUBP

l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETPORT/MOD ANTENNAPORT

If other ALD-related parameters except the RF module common parameters need to be

reconfigured, determine the mode for configuring the ALD based on 7.4.2 Overall Process
(RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs) and perform this procedure accordingly.
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.
l GBTS: section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

Determine the mode on whose side the RET function is configured in the AAS module based
on 6.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules). The data preparation for the mode is the same as
that for a single-mode base station. For details, see 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.
7.5 Performance Monitoring

N/A
7.6 Parameter Optimization

N/A
7.7 Possible Issues

For a co-MPT base station, troubleshoot the ALD faults in the same way as that for an
eGBTS, NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.7 Possible Issues.
cable connections.
For a separate-MPT base station, determine the mode in which the ALD is configured based
on section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs) or 7.4.3 Overall Process
(AAS Modules), and then troubleshoot the ALD faults in this mode accordingly. For details,
see the following troubleshooting sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.7 Possible Issues.
l GBTS: section 9.7 Possible Issues.

ALD Management Feature Parameter Description eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Deployment on eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
8.1 When to Use

For details, see section 7.1 When to Use.

N/A
8.3 Planning
N/A
8.4 Deployment
8.4.1 Requirements
For details, see section 7.4.1 Requirements.
Introduction
This section includes only key parameters, not parameters in all scenarios.
Data sources of key parameters include the following:
l Radio network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the radio
network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.

l Radio network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from the
radio network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure
successful interworking.
l Transport network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the
transport network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.
l Transport network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from
the transport network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure
successful interworking.
l Equipment planning: The parameter value comes from the equipment plan.
l Engineering design: The parameter value comes from the algorithm or function design.
l Default/recommended value: The parameter uses the default or recommended value, and
the recommended value is preferential. The default or recommended value can be used in
most scenarios and adjusted for a specific scenario.
l N/A: The parameter value is not required.
ALD data configuration varies with scenario, depending on:
l The type of the RRU, RFU or AAS port through which control signals are sent to an
RET antenna
l Whether you use a TMA/RAE
l Whether the NodeB supports SASUs
The scenarios are as follows:
l Scenario 1: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT
l Scenario 2: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT
l Scenario 3: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 4: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with an
SASU)
l Scenario 6: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with an
SASU and a TMA)
l Scenario 7: connection to the AAS module with passive antennas (MU)
l Scenario 8: connection to the AAS module with passive antennas (RU)
l Scenario 9: connection to the RAE through the RETPORT
l Scenario 10: connection to the RAE through the RETPORT (with an RET antenna)
l Scenario 11: connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT
l Scenario 12: connection the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET antenna)
l Scenario 13: connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 14: connection to the RAE through the ANTENNAPORT (with an RET
antenna and a TMA)
Generic Data
Before configuring ALD data, collect the following generic data:
l Configuration file for the RET antenna: Used to determine whether to update the
configuration file. Obtain the configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer
based on the RCU and antenna models.

l Software of the RET antenna, TMA, RAE, and SASU: Used to determine whether to
update the software. If an update is required, obtain the software from the RET antenna,
TMA, and SASU manufacturers.
l RET antenna connections: Used to determine whether RET antennas are connected in a
regular scenario. If the RET antennas are not connected in a regular scenario, record
serial numbers of RET antennas and the mapping between the RET antennas and the
base station/sectors. The serial numbers are printed on labels of the RET antennas.
l Connections between the RET antenna, TMA, RAE, SASU, and RRU/RFU: Used to
determine the specific connections between these devices (such as the type of RRU or
RFU port through which control signals are sent to an RET antenna) and the connections
between each antenna subunit and the RRU or RFU (if multiple antennas are used)
l Current alarm thresholds for the RET antenna, TMA, RAE, and SASU, which are
provided in the related specifications.
l Connections between the AAS module and RRU/RFU (only when an AAS module with
passive antennas is used): Used to determine whether the RET function for the AAS
module is set through the configured MU or the RRU/RFU connecting to the AAS
module and to which integrated passive antenna the RRU or RFU is connected
NOTE
It is recommended that you obtain the basic information about the RET antenna, TMA, RAE, and SASU
at the site, including the antenna model, RCU model, antenna type (single-antenna or multi-antenna),
number of subunits, manufacturer code, and serial number. In a regular scenario, you can run the
following command to obtain the antenna type, number of subunits, manufacturer code, and serial
number:
l GBTS: STR BTSALDSCAN
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: SCN ALD
Collect the following information at the site in a regular scenario of conventional ALDs.
ALD Anten RCU Antenna Type Numbe Vendor Serial

Type na Model (Single-Antenna/ r of Code Numbe
Model Multi-Antenna) Subuni r
ts
RET - - - - - -
TMA / / / - - -
SASU / / / - - -
RAE / / / - - -
Collect the following information at the site in a daisy chain or sector splitting scenario of
conventional ALDs.

ALD Site Sector Anten RCU Anten Numb Vendo Serial

Type Name Numb na Model na er of r Code Numb
er Model Type Subun er
(Singl its
e-
Anten
na/
Multi-
Anten
na)
RET - - - - - - - -
TMA - - / / / - - -
SASU - - / / / - - -
RAE - - / / / - - -
Collect the following information at the site in a scenario where the AAS module is used.
ALD Type Site Name Sector AAS Type AAS Antenna

Number Port
Silkscreen
AAS - - - -
NOTE
In the preceding tables, the cells with a hyphen (-) indicate that the corresponding data must be collected
and the cells with a slash (/) indicate that the corresponding data is not involved.
Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT

The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by the RRU through its RET port. In this scenario, the AAS module
functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be performed in
the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
Table 8-1 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT.
Table 8-1 Key parameters related to the RETPORT

Paramete Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
r Name ID
Cabinet CN These parameters specify location Equipment

No. information about the control port for an plan
RET antenna, including the cabinet number,
Subrack SRN subrack number, and slot number of the Equipment
No. RRU or RFU where the control port is plan


r Name ID
Slot No. SN located and the control port number. Set Equipment
these parameters based on connections plan
between the RET antenna and the RRU or
Port No. PN RFU. Only one port on the RRU or RFU can Equipment
be used as the control port for the RET plan
antenna. In a daisy chain scenario, multiple
RCUs share one control port.
ALD PWRSWIT Set this parameter to ON when an RET Equipment

Power CH antenna is used. The default value is OFF. plan
Switch
Current THRESH Set this parameter as follows: Engineering

Alarm OLDTYPE l If the RRU is connected to the RCU design
Threshold through the RETPORT in a regular
Type scenario, set this parameter to
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
l In other scenarios, set this parameter to
UER_SELF_DEFINE.
Undercurre UOTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering

nt Alarm THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to design
Occur UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these parameters
Threshold as required. For details, see section 8.4.3
Precautions.
Undercurre UCTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering

Clear UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these parameters
Precautions.
Overcurren OOTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering

t Alarm THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to design
Occur UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these parameters
Precautions.
Overcurren OCTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering

Clear UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these parameters
Precautions.
Table 8-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna.

Table 8-2 Key parameters related to the RET antenna

Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Data Source
Name r ID
Device No. DEVICEN The device number of each ALD in a base Equipment
O station must be unique. Note that the plan
DEVICENO parameter value of the RET
antenna must differ from that of the TMA.
Device DEVICEN This parameter identifies an RET antenna. Engineering

Name AME The format of the value is site_sector+port design
+device type_network type. For details, see
the device name-related parameter
descriptions. This parameter is optional. If
this parameter is specified, the device name
of each ALD must be unique.
Control CTRLCN These parameters specify location Equipment

Port information about the control port for an plan
Cabinet RET antenna, including the cabinet number,
No. subrack number, and slot number of the
RRU or RFU where the control port is
Control CTRLSRN located. Set these parameters based on the Equipment
Port control relationship between the RET plan
Subrack antenna and the RRU or RFU.
No.
Control CTRLSN Equipment

Port Slot plan
No.
RET Type RETTYPE Set this parameter as follows: Equipment

l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET for plan
the RET antenna with a single RET
subunit.
l Set this parameter to MULTI_RET for
the RET antenna with multiple RET
subunits.
l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET for
the AAS module with passive antennas.
Number of SUBUNIT Number of RET subunits used by a base Equipment

RET NUM station. plan
Subunits Set this parameter based on the actual
situation if the RETTYPE parameter is set to
MULTI_RET.
Polar Type POLARTY Set this parameter based on the AAS Equipment
PE specifications only when the base station plan
uses the AAS module with passive antennas
or set this parameter based on the RET
antenna specifications.


Name r ID
Antenna SCENARI l When the RET antenna is connected to Equipment

Scenario O an AAS: plan
If an AAS module with passive antennas
is used, set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN even when you need to
use only one set of antennas for the RET
function. In this case, specify the
VENDORCODE and SERIALNO
parameters because the antennas in the
AAS module are working in daisy chain
mode.
l When the RET is connected to an RRU
or RFU:
– Set this parameter to REGULAR if
the RET antenna is directly connected
to the RRU or RFU. In this scenario,
parameters do not need to be
specified.
– Set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN if the two RET
antennas are cascaded. In this
scenario, the control port for RET
antennas must be configured on the
upper-level RRU or RFU of the daisy
chain. The VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be
specified.
Vendor VENDOR Set this parameter based on the manufacturer Equipment

Code CODE information, for example, KA for a Kathrein plan
RET antenna, AN for an Andrew RET
antenna, or HW for a Huawei Agisson RET
antenna or an AAS module with passive
antennas. This parameter is mandatory in
daisy chain scenarios.


Name r ID
Serial No. SERIALN This parameter is mandatory in daisy chain Equipment

O scenarios. Set this parameter according to plan
the antenna serial number.
This parameter is mandatory in daisy chain
scenarios.
If an AAS module with passive antennas is
used, run the SCN ALD command to obtain
the serial number of the AAS module. Then
set this parameter according to the mapping
between the serial number and antenna based
on the hardware description specific to the
AAS module.
Table 8-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit.
Table 8-3 Key parameters related to the RET subunit

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source
Name ID
Device No. DEVICEN Device number of an RET antenna Equipment

O(eGBTS, plan
BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Subunit SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the RET subunit Equipment

No. NO(eGBT number, which starts from 1. plan
S,BSC690
0,BSC691
0)
Connect CONNCN If no AAS module with passive antennas is Equipment

Port 1 1(eGBTS, used, set these parameters based on plan
Cabinet BSC6900, connections between the RET subunits and
No. BSC6910) the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.
Connect CONNSR If an AAS module with passive antennas is Equipment

Port 1 N1(eGBTS used, set these parameters based on the plan
Subrack ,BSC6900, connections between the AAS module and
No. BSC6910) RF ports on the RRU or RFU.
Connect CONNSN Equipment

Port 1 Slot 1(eGBTS, plan
No. BSC6900,
BSC6910)


Name ID
Connect CONNPN Equipment

Port 1 Port 1(eGBTS, plan
No. BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Connect CONNCN Equipment

Port 2 2(eGBTS, plan
Cabinet BSC6900,
No. BSC6910)
Connect CONNSR Equipment

Port 2 N2(eGBTS plan
Subrack ,BSC6900,
No. BSC6910)
Connect CONNSN Equipment

Port 2 Slot 2(eGBTS, plan
No. BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Connect CONNPN Equipment

Port 2 Port 2(eGBTS, plan
No. BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Tilt TILT(eGB Set this parameter based on the engineering Engineering

TS,BSC69 design. design
00,BSC69
10)
Table 8-4 describes the parameter that must be set to configure the RET antenna downtilt.
Table 8-4 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt

Name ID
Tilt TILT(eGB Set this parameter based on the engineering Engineering

TS,BSC69 design. design
00,BSC691
0)
Table 8-5 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET device data.

Table 8-5 Key parameters related to the RET device data

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name
Device No. DEVICENO(eG Device number of an RET Engineering design

BTS,BSC6900,B antenna
SC6910)
Subunit No. SUBUNITNO(e RET subunit number. Set Engineering design

GBTS,BSC6900, this parameter when
BSC6910) configuring the
RETSUBUNIT MO.
Antenna Model MODELNO(eG Antenna model. This Equipment plan

Number BTS,BSC6900,B parameter is part of the
SC6910) device data defined by
AISG protocols. For details,
see 3GPP 25.466 or AISG
v2.0.
Antenna Serial SERIALNO(eGB Equipment serial number of Equipment plan

No. TS,BSC6900,BS an antenna. This parameter
C6910) is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols.
For details, see 3GPP
25.466 or AISG v2.0.
Band1 BAND1(eGBTS, Frequency band supported Equipment plan

BSC6900,BSC69 by an antenna and the
10) corresponding beamwidth.
These parameters are part
Beamwidth1 BEAMWIDTH1( of device data defined by Equipment plan
eGBTS,BSC6900 AISG protocols. For details,
,BSC6910) see 3GPP 25.466 or AISG
Gain1 GAIN1(eGBTS, v2.0. Equipment plan
BSC6900,BSC69
10)
Band2 BAND2(eGBTS, Equipment plan

BSC6900,BSC69
10)
Beamwidth2 BEAMWIDTH2( Equipment plan

eGBTS,BSC6900
,BSC6910)
Gain2 GAIN2(eGBTS, Equipment plan

BSC6900,BSC69
10)

BSC6900,BSC69
10)


Name

eGBTS,BSC6900
,BSC6910)

BSC6900,BSC69
10)

BSC6900,BSC69
10)

eGBTS,BSC6900
,BSC6910)

BSC6900,BSC69
10)
Installation Date DATE(eGBTS,B Date on which an antenna is Equipment plan

SC6900,BSC691 to be installed. This
0) parameter is part of the
device data defined by
v2.0.
Installer's ID INSTALLERID( ID of the person who Equipment plan

eGBTS,BSC6900 installs an antenna. This
,BSC6910) parameter is part of the
v2.0.
Base Station ID BSID(eGBTS,BS ID of a base station served Equipment plan

C6900,BSC6910) by an antenna. This
parameter is part of the
v2.0.
AISG Sector ID SECTORID(eGB ID of a sector served by an Equipment plan

TS,BSC6900,BS antenna. This parameter is
C6910) part of the device data
25.466 or AISG v2.0.


Name
Antenna BEARING(eGB Azimuth of an antenna. Equipment plan

Bearing TS,BSC6900,BS This parameter is part of the
C6910) device data defined by
v2.0.
Installed TILT(eGBTS,BS Mechanical tilt of an Equipment plan

Mechanical Tilt C6900,BSC6910) antenna. This parameter is
part of the device data
25.466 or AISG v2.0.
Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT

module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its antenna port. In this scenario, the AAS
module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be
performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna
downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and
Table 8-5.
Table 8-6 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an antenna port.
Table 8-6 Key parameters related to the antenna port

r Name ID
Cabinet CN These parameters specify location Equipment plan

No. information about the control port for an
RET antenna, including the cabinet number,
Subrack SRN subrack number, and slot number of the Equipment plan
No. RRU or RFU where the control port is
Slot No. SN located and the control port number. Set Equipment plan
these parameters based on connections
Port No. PN between the RET antenna and the RRU or Equipment plan
RFU. Only one port on the RRU or RFU
can be used as the control port for the RET
antenna. In a daisy chain scenario, multiple
ALD PWRSWIT Set this parameter to ON when an ALD is Equipment plan

Power CH used. The default value is OFF.
Switch


r Name ID
Feeder FEEDERL This parameter specifies the length of the Equipment plan
Length ENGTH feeder connected to the RF port. Set this
parameter to the actual feeder length.
DL Time DLDELAY Set this parameter based on the device Equipment plan
Delay specifications. Generally, the value is less
than 30 ns.
UL Time ULDELAY Set this parameter based on the device Equipment plan
Delay specifications. Generally, the value is less
than 30 ns.
Current THRESH Set this parameter based on the site Engineering

Alarm OLDTYPE conditions. For details, see Table 8-23. design
Threshold
Type
Undercurre UOTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering

Occur UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
Threshold parameters as required. For details, see
section 8.4.3 Precautions.
Undercurre UCTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering

Clear UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
Overcurren OOTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering

Occur UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
Overcurren OCTHD Set these parameters only if the Engineering

Clear UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with

a TMA)
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an antenna port in this scenario, see Table 8-6.
Table 8-7 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA.

Table 8-7 Key parameters related to the TMA

Name ID
Device No. DEVICEN The device number of each ALD in a base Equipment plan
O station must be unique. Note that the
antenna must differ from that of the TMA.

Control CTRLCN These parameters specify location Equipment plan

Port information about the control port, including
Cabinet the cabinet number, subrack number, and
No. slot number of the RRU or RFU where the
control port is located. Set these parameters
Control CTRLSRN based on connections between the TMA and Equipment plan
Port the RRU or RFU.
Subrack
No.
Control CTRLSN Equipment plan

Port Slot
No.
Number of SUBUNIT Set this parameter based on the site Equipment plan
TMA NUM conditions. Generally, the value is 2.
Subunits
Vendor VENDOR This parameter is required in a non-regular Equipment plan

Code CODE scenario. Set this parameter to the actual
TMA manufacturer code.
Serial No. SERIALN This parameter is required in a non-regular Equipment plan

O scenario. Set this parameter to the actual
TMA serial number.
Table 8-8 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA subunit.

Table 8-8 Key parameters related to the TMA subunit

Name ID
Device No. DEVICEN Device number of a TMA. Set this Equipment plan
O(eGBTS, parameter when configuring the TMA MO.
BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Subunit SUBUNIT Number of a TMA subunit Equipment plan

No. NO(eGBT
S,BSC690
0,BSC6910
)
Connect CONNCN( Set these parameters based on connections Equipment plan

Port eGBTS,BS between the TMA and the RF port on the
Cabinet C6900,BS RRU or RFU.
No. C6910)
Connect CONNSR Equipment plan

Port N(eGBTS,
Subrack BSC6900,
No. BSC6910)
Connect CONNSN( Equipment plan

Port Slot eGBTS,BS
No. C6900,BS
C6910)
Connect CONNPN( Equipment plan

Port No. eGBTS,BS
C6900,BS
C6910)
Mode MODE(eG The TMA subunit supports two working Engineering

BTS,BSC6 modes, normal mode and bypass mode: design
900,BSC69 l In normal mode, the TMA subunit
10) functions and the TMA amplifies uplink
signals.
l In bypass mode, the TMA subunit works
as a straight-through feeder. It does not
amplify uplink signals. The default value
is NORMAL.


Name ID
Gain GAIN(eG Set this parameter based on the engineering Engineering

BTS,BSC6 design. The gain value range supported by design
900,BSC69 the TMA varies according to the
10) manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command(for
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB) or the DSP
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command (for
GBTS) to query the value range before
setting the gain.
If the gain is fixed, this parameter is
optional, or you can set this parameter to its
actual gain value.
Table 8-9 describes the parameters that must be set to configure RX channel attenuation.
Table 8-9 Key parameters related to RX channel attenuation

Name ID
RX RXNO RX channel number of the RRU or RFU. Engineering

Channel design
No.
Logical RXSW Logical switch for the RX channel of the Equipment plan
Switch of RRU or RFU. The default value is ON.
RX
Channel
Attenuation ATTEN l If no TMA is used, set this parameter to Engineering

0. design
l If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the range
from 4 dB to 11 dB.
l If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this
parameter to a value within the range
from 11 dB to 22 dB.
Table 8-10 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the TMA device data.

Table 8-10 Key parameters related to the TMA device data

Name
Device No. DEVICENO Device number of a TMA. Engineering design

Set this parameter when
configuring the TMA MO.
Subunit No. SUBUNITNO RET subunit number. Set Engineering design

this parameter when
configuring the
TMASUBUNIT MO.
Connect MODELNO Antenna model. This Equipment plan

Antenna Model parameter is part of the
Number device data defined by
v2.0.
Serial No. SERIALNO Equipment serial number of Equipment plan

an antenna. This parameter
is part of the device data
25.466 or AISG v2.0.
Band1 BAND1 Frequency band supported Equipment plan

by an antenna and the
Beamwidth1 BEAMWIDTH1 corresponding beamwidth. Equipment plan
Gain1 GAIN1 These parameters are part Equipment plan

of device data defined by
Band2 BAND2 AISG protocols. For details, Equipment plan
Beamwidth2 BEAMWIDTH2 v2.0. Equipment plan
Gain2 GAIN2 Equipment plan
Band3 BAND3 Equipment plan
Beamwidth3 BEAMWIDTH3 Equipment plan
Beamwidth4 BEAMWIDTH4 Equipment plan


Name
Installation Date DATE Date on which an antenna is Equipment plan

to be installed. This
v2.0.
Installer's ID INSTALLERID ID of the person who Equipment plan

installs an antenna. This
v2.0.
Base Station ID BSID ID of a base station served Equipment plan

by an antenna. This
v2.0.
AISG Sector ID SECTORID ID of a sector served by an Equipment plan

antenna. This parameter is
25.466 or AISG v2.0.
Antenna BEARING Azimuth of an antenna. Equipment plan

Bearing This parameter is part of the
v2.0.
Installed TILT Mechanical tilt of an Equipment plan

Mechanical Tilt antenna. This parameter is
25.466 or AISG v2.0.

Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a

TMA)
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT in this scenario, see Table 8-1.
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation,
and TMA device data in this scenario, see Table 8-7, Table 8-8, Table 8-9, and Table 8-10.

an SASU)
In this scenario, all parameters can be set only on the NodeB side.
Table 8-5.
Table 8-11 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an SASU.
Table 8-11 Key parameters related to the SASU

Parameter Paramet Setting Notes Data Source
Name er ID
Device No. DEVICE The device number of each ALD in a base Equipment plan
NO station must be unique. Note that the
antenna must differ from that of the SASU.
Device Name DEVICE This parameter identifies an RET antenna. Engineering

NAME The format of the value is site_sector+port design
Control Port CTRLC These parameters specify location Equipment plan

Cabinet No. N information about the control port, including
the cabinet number, subrack number, and
Control Port CTRLSR slot number of the RRU or RFU where the Equipment plan
Subrack No. N control port is located. Set these parameters
Control Port CTRLS based on connections between the SASU Equipment plan
Slot No. N and the RRU or RFU.

Parameter Paramet Setting Notes Data Source

Name er ID
DC Switch DCSWI l If the SASU is directly connected to the Equipment plan

TCH RET antenna, set this parameter to OFF.
l If the SASU is connected to the RET
antenna through a TMA, set this
parameter to BS or UMTS.
Vendor Code VENDO Set this parameter based on the actual SASU Equipment plan
RCODE manufacturer code.
Serial No. SERIAL Set this parameter based on the actual SASU Equipment plan
NO serial number.
Table 8-12 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an SASU subunit.
Table 8-12 Key parameters related to the SASU subunit

Name ID
Device No. DEVICEN Device number of an SASU Equipment plan

O
Subunit SUBUNIT Number of an SASU subunit Equipment plan

No. NO
Connect CONNCN Set these parameters based on connections Equipment plan

Port between the SASU subunits and the RF
Cabinet ports on the RRU or RFU.
No.

Port N
Subrack
No.
Connect CONNSN Equipment plan

Port Slot
No.
Connect CONNPN Equipment plan

Port No.


Name ID
Mode MODE The SASU subunit supports two working Engineering

modes, normal mode and bypass mode: design
l In normal mode, the SASU amplifies
uplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the SASU subunit
works as a straight-through feeder. It
does not amplify uplink signals.
The default value is NORMAL.
GSM Gain BSGAIN Set this parameter based on the engineering Engineering
design. The value range of SASU gain design
varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP SASUDEVICEDATA
command to query the value range before
setting the gain.
UMTS UMTSGAI Set this parameter based on the engineering Engineering

Gain N design. The value range of SASU gain design
varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP SASUDEVICEDATA
command to query the value range before
setting the gain.
DC Load DCLOAD Set this parameter only if the DCSWITCH Engineering

parameter is set to UMTS. If the SASU is design
connected to the RET antenna through a
TMA, this parameter must be specified so
that the TMA can be acknowledged by the
BTS.

an SASU and a TMA)
In this scenario, all parameters can be set only on the NodeB side.
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an SASU and SASU subunit in this scenario, see
Table 8-11 and Table 8-12.

Scenario 7: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (MU)

In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in
the AAS module. For parameters that must be set to configure the RET device data on an
AAS module with passive antennas, see Table 8-5.
Table 8-13 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET function on an
AAS module with passive antennas.
Table 8-13 Key parameters related to the RET function on an AAS module with passive
antennas (MU)
Name ID
Device No. DEVICEN The ALD device number must be unique in Equipment plan
O a base station. Note that the DEVICENO
parameter value of the RET antenna must
differ from that of the TMA.

Control CTRLCN These parameters specify the numbers of Equipment plan

Port the cabinet, subrack, and slot, respectively,
Cabinet where an AAS module is located.
No.
Control CTRLSRN Equipment plan

Port
Subrack
No.

Port Slot
No.
RET Type RETTYPE Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET. Equipment plan
Number of SUBUNIT Set this parameter only when the RETTYPE Equipment plan
RET NUM parameter is set to MULTI_RET.
Subunits Set this parameter to 1.
Polar Type POLARTY Set this parameter based on the AAS Equipment plan
PE module specifications.


Name ID
Antenna SCENARI Set this parameter to DAISY_CHAIN. The Equipment plan

Scenario O DAISY_CHAIN value is recommended
even when you need to use only one set of
antennas for the RET function. In this case,
specify the VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters because the
antennas in the AAS module are working in
daisy chain mode.
Vendor VENDOR This parameter is mandatory in daisy chain Equipment plan

Code CODE scenarios.
Set this parameter to HW.
Equipment SERIALN This parameter is mandatory in daisy chain Equipment plan

Serial No. O scenarios.
Set this parameter according to the antenna
serial number.
Table 8-14 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit on an AAS
module with passive antennas.
Table 8-14 Key parameters related to the RET subunit on an AAS module with passive
antennas
r Name ID
Device DEVICEN Device number of an RET antenna Equipment plan

No. O
Subunit SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the RET subunit Equipment plan
No. NO number, which starts from 1.
Subunit SUBNAME This parameter specifies the name of the Engineering

Name RET subunit. The name of the RET subunit design
is optional, but the name configured for each
RET subunit must be unique.
Connect CONNCN1 Set these parameters based on the Equipment plan

Port 1 connections between the AAS module and
Cabinet the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.
No.
Connect CONNSRN Equipment plan

Port 1 1
Subrack
No.


r Name ID
Connect CONNSN1 Equipment plan

Port 1 Slot
No.
Connect CONNPN1 Equipment plan

Port 1 Port
No.
Connect CONNCN2 Equipment plan

Port 2
Cabinet
No.
Connect CONNSRN Equipment plan

Port 2 2
Subrack
No.

Port 2 Slot
No.
Connect CONNPN2 Equipment plan

Port 2 Port
No.
Tilt TILT Set this parameter based on the engineering Engineering

design. design
Table 8-15 describes the parameter that must be set to configure the RET antenna downtilt on
an AAS module with passive antennas.
Table 8-15 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt on an AAS module with
passive antennas
Name ID
Tilt TILT Set this parameter based on the engineering Engineering

design. design
Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (RU)

When the active module of the AAS module is used to control the RET function:
l For the AAU3910/AAU3911/AAU3961, the RET function on an AAS module is
controlled by an RET port on the active module on the AAS module. Table 8-1 describes
the key parameters related to the RET port.
For the AAU3920/AAU3940/AAU5240/AAU5940, the RET function on an AAS
module is controlled by an antenna port on the active module on the AAS module. Table

8-6 describes the key parameters related to the antenna port, in which the PN parameter
must be set to R0A.
Configuring the RET part on AAS modules with passive antennas:
Table 8-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET function on an AAS
Table 8-3 describes the key parameters related to the RET subunit on an AAS module with
passive antennas.
Table 8-4 describes the key parameters related to the RET antenna downtilt on an AAS
Table 8-5 describes the key parameters related to the RET device data on an AAS module
Configuring the RVD part on AAS modules with passive antennas:
Table 8-16 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RVD.
Table 8-16 Key parameters related to the RVD

Name ID
Device No. DEVICEN This parameter specifies the device number Equipment plan
O of the ALD. The device number of the ALD
must be unique.
Device DEVICEN This parameter specifies the device name of Engineering

Name AME the ALD, which identifies the ALD. The design
format of the name is sector_device
type_network type. For details, see the
device name-related parameter descriptions.
The device name is optional, but the device
name configured for each ALD must be
unique.
Control CTRLCN These parameters specify the cabinet Equipment plan

Port number, subrack number, and slot number
Cabinet of the RRU or RFU, respectively.
No.
Control CTRLSRN Equipment plan

Port
Subrack
No.

Port Slot
No.
Number of SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the number of Equipment plan

RVD NUM configured RVD subunits.
Subunits


Name ID
Antenna SCENARI This parameter specifies the connection Equipment plan

Scenario O scenario of the antenna. It must be set based
on the hardware installation. The vendor
code and serial number of the device must
be correctly configured in a non-regular
scenario. This parameter can be set to
REGULAR or DAISY_CHAIN.
Vendor VENDOR This parameter specifies the vendor code. Equipment plan
Code CODE l If SCENARIO in an RVD MO is not set
to REGULAR, VENDORCODE must
be set.
l When SCENARIO in an RVD MO is
set to REGULAR, VENDORCODE
must be set if SERIALNO is set.
Serial No. SERIALN This parameter specifies the serial number Equipment plan
O of the ALD. The vendor code and the serial
number uniquely identify an ALD.
l If SCENARIO in an RVD MO is not set
to REGULAR, SERIALNO must be
set.
l When SCENARIO in an RVD MO is
set to REGULAR, SERIALNO must be
set if VENDORCODE is set.
Table 8-17 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RVD subunit.
Table 8-17 Key parameters related to the RVD subunit

Name ID
O of the RVD. The device number of the RVD
must be unique.
Subunit SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the number of the Equipment plan
No. NO RVD subunit, which starts from 1.
Subunit SUBNAM This parameter specifies the name of the Engineering

Name E RVD subunit. The name of the RVD subunit design
is optional, but the name configured for
each RVD subunit must be unique.


Name ID
Connect CONNCN These parameters specify the cabinet Equipment plan

Port 1 1 number, subrack number, slot number, and
Cabinet port number of the RRU or RFU that is
No. connected to antenna port 1, respectively.

Port 1 N1
Subrack
No.

Port 1 Slot
No.

Port 1 Port 1
No.
Connect CONNCN These parameters specify the cabinet Equipment plan

Port 2 2 number, subrack number, slot number, and
Cabinet port number of the RRU or RFU that is
No. connected to antenna port 2, respectively.
They are valid when a dual-polarized
Connect CONNSR antenna is used. Equipment plan
Port 2 N2
Subrack
No.

Port 2 Slot
No.

Port 2 Port 2
No.
Vertical VBEAMW This parameter specifies the vertical Engineering

BeamWidt IDTH beamwidth of an RVD subunit. design
h
Table 8-18 describes the parameter that must be set to configure the RVD information on an

Table 8-18 Key parameter related to the RVD information

Name ID
Vertical VBEAMW This parameter specifies the vertical Engineering

BeamWidt IDTH beamwidth of an RVD subunit. design
h
Table 8-19 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RVD device data.
Table 8-19 Key parameters related to the RVD device data

Name ID
O of the RVD. The device number of the RVD
must be unique.
Subunit SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the number of the Equipment plan
No. NO RVD subunit, which starts from 1.
Antenna MODELN This parameter specifies the model of the Equipment plan
Model O RVD antenna module.
Number
Antenna SERIALN This parameter specifies the serial number Equipment plan
Serial No. O of the RVD antenna module.
Band1 BAND1 These parameters specify the bands Equipment plan

supported by the antenna and the
Beamwidth BEAMWI corresponding beamwidths. Equipment plan
1 DTH1
l In an RVDDEVICEDATA MO, when
Gain1 GAIN1 BAND4 is not set to UNUSED, BAND3 Equipment plan
cannot be set to UNUSED. When
Band2 BAND2 BAND3 is not set to UNUSED, BAND2 Equipment plan
cannot be set to UNUSED. When
Beamwidth BEAMWI Equipment plan
BAND2 is not set to UNUSED, BAND1
2 DTH2
cannot be set to UNUSED.
Gain2 GAIN2 l In an RVDDEVICEDATA MO, when Equipment plan
Band3 BAND3 must be greater than BAND3. When Equipment plan
Beamwidth BEAMWI BAND3 is not set to UNUSED, BAND3 Equipment plan

3 DTH3 must be greater than BAND2. When
Gain3 GAIN3 must be greater than BAND1. Equipment plan

4 DTH4


Name ID
Installation DATE This parameter specifies the date when the Equipment plan
Date antenna is installed.
Installer's INSTALL This parameter specifies the ID of the Equipment plan

ID ERID installation technician who installed the
antenna.
Base BSID This parameter specifies the base station ID. Equipment plan
Station ID
AISG SECTORI This parameter specifies the AISG sector Equipment plan
Sector ID D ID.
Antenna BEARING This parameter specifies the antenna Equipment plan

Bearing azimuth.
Installed TILT This parameter specifies the mechanical tilt Equipment plan
Mechanical of the installation.
Tilt

Table 8-20 Key parameters related to the RAE

Name ID
Device No. DEVICEN The device number of each ALD in a base Equipment plan
O station must be unique. Note that the
DEVICENO parameter value of the RAE
must differ from that of the RET antenna.
Device DEVICEN This parameter identifies an RAE. The Engineering

Name AME format of the value is site_sector+port design
Control CTRLCN These parameters specify location Equipment plan

Port information about the control port, including
Cabinet the cabinet number, subrack number, and
No. slot number of the RRU or RFU where the
control port is located. Set these parameters


Name ID
Control CTRLSRN based on connections between the RAE and Equipment plan
Port the RRU or RFU.
Subrack
No.

Port Slot
No.
Number of SUBUNIT Set this parameter based on the site Equipment plan
RAE NUM conditions. Generally, the value is 1.
Subunits
Antenna SCENARI This parameter specifies the scenario where Equipment plan
Scenario O an RAE is connected to the RRU or RFU.
The antenna scenario must be set based on
the hardware installation.
Set this parameter to REGULAR if the
RAE is directly connected to the RRU or
RFU. In this scenario, VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters do not need to be
specified.
Set this parameter to DAISY_CHAIN if the
two RAEs are cascaded. In this scenario, the
control port for RAEs must be configured
on the upper-level RRU or RFU of the daisy
chain. The VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters must be specified.
Vendor VENDOR Set this parameter based on the Equipment plan

Code CODE manufacturer information. This parameter is
mandatory in daisy chain scenarios.
Serial No. SERIALN Set this parameter according to the antenna Equipment plan
O serial number. This parameter is mandatory
in daisy chain scenarios.
Table 8-21 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RAE subunit.
Table 8-21 Key parameters related to the RAESUBUNIT

Name ID
Device No. DEVICEN Device number of an RAE. Set this Equipment plan
O parameter when configuring the RAE MO.
Subunit SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the RAE subunit Equipment plan
No. NO number.


Name ID
Subunit SUBNAM This parameter specifies the name of the Engineering

Name E RAE subunit. The name of the RAE subunit design
is optional, but the name configured for
each RAE subunit must be unique.
Connect CONNCN Set these parameters based on connections Equipment plan

Port between the RAE subunits and the antenna
Cabinet ports on the RRU or RFU.
No.

Port N
Subrack
No.
Connect CONNSN Equipment plan

Port Slot
No.
Table 8-22 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RAE device data.
Table 8-22 Key parameters related to the RAEDEVICEDATA

Name ID
Device No. DEVICEN Device number of an RAE. Set this Engineering

O parameter when configuring the RAE MO. design
Subunit SUBUNIT RAE subunit number. Set this parameter Engineering

No. NO when configuring the RAESUBUNIT MO. design
Antenna MODELN Antenna model. This parameter is part of Equipment plan

Model O the device data defined by AISG protocols.
Number For details, see 3GPP 25.466 or AISG v2.0.
Serial No. SERIALN Equipment serial number of an antenna. Equipment plan

O This parameter is part of the device data
defined by AISG protocols. For details, see
3GPP 25.466 or AISG v2.0.
Band1 BAND1 Frequency band supported by an antenna Equipment plan

and the corresponding beamwidth. These
Beamwidth BEAMWI parameters are part of device data defined Equipment plan
1 DTH1 by AISG protocols. For details, see 3GPP
Gain1 GAIN1 25.466 or AISG v2.0. Equipment plan


Name ID

2 DTH2

3 DTH3

4 DTH4
Installation DATE Date on which an antenna is to be installed. Equipment plan

Date This parameter is part of the device data
Installer's INSTALL ID of the person who installs an antenna. Equipment plan

ID ERID This parameter is part of the device data
Base BSID ID of a base station served by an antenna. Equipment plan

Station ID This parameter is part of the device data
AISG SECTORI ID of a sector served by an antenna. This Equipment plan

Sector ID D parameter is part of the device data defined
by AISG protocols. For details, see 3GPP
25.466 or AISG v2.0.
Antenna)
Table 8-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RAE, RAE subunit, and RAE device data in
this scenario, see Table 8-20, Table 8-21, and Table 8-22.


Antenna)
Table 8-5.
Scenario 14: Connection to the RAE Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA
and an RET Antenna)
Table 8-5.
8.4.3 Precautions
This section describes precautions of configuring ALD data, running a command for scanning
ALDs, setting the current alarm threshold type for ALD data.
l Pay attention to the following restrictions when configuring ALD data:
– The RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on
simultaneously.
– ALD scanning, calibration, downtilt setting, software download, and configuration
file download cannot be performed simultaneously on ALDs.
– The common TMA does not support the AISG protocol. To configure a common
TMA for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command

on the NodeB or eNodeB LMT to turn on the power switch and set current alarm
thresholds. (For data preparation details, see Table 8-6.) Then, run the MOD
RXBRANCH command to configure the RX channel attenuation based on the
engineering design. (For data preparation details, see Table 8-9.)
– The AISG1.1-based twin TMAs consist of two internal TMAs and perform the
same functions as the two subunits of an AISG2.0-based TMA. The AISG1.1-based
twin TMA can be configured as two devices, each configured with one subunit. In
this case, batch loading of the TMA software may fail on one of the devices. The
AISG1.1-based twin TMAs can also be configured as one device, which is
configured with two subunits. In this case, the serial number cannot be configured
for the TMA. Otherwise, only one subunit is operational. When an RRU with four
ports is connected to multiple TMAs, the twin TMAs must be configured as two
devices and each configured with one subunit if the AISG1.1-based twin TMAs are
used.
– ALDs are automatically scanned when an RET antenna, TMA or RAE is added.
– ALDs are automatically scanned after an RRU or RFU is reset.
l Pay attention to the following restrictions when scanning ALDs:
– ALDs are scanned based on control link connections. The scanned result shows the
ALDs physically connected to the base station, which is not affected by ALD data
configuration.
– ALDs cannot be scanned if ALD control links are faulty.
– After subunits are added to an AISG1.1-based TMA, all TMA subunits start to
work only after you run the SCN ALD command.
– If the antenna is a passive antenna and multiple RF modules share the antenna, there
is a possibility that the RET can be found for only one RF module when you run the
SCN ALD command to scan RETs for these RF modules. In this scenario, you can
run this command separately for the RF module for which the RET cannot be
found.
l Use the values shown in Table 8-23 and Table 8-24 to set the current alarm threshold
type for the control port.
Table 8-23 Reference values for current alarm thresholds (ANTENNAPORT)

Reference Description Undercur Undercur Overcurr Overcurr
Value rent rent ent ent
Alarm Alarm Alarm Alarm
Occur Clear Occur Clear
Threshol Threshol Threshol Threshol
d (mA) d (mA) d (mA) d (mA)
TMA12DB_ For 12 dB 30 40 170 150

ONLY_NON TMA only
_AISG
TMA24DB_ For 24 dB 40 60 310 280

ONLY_NON TMA only
_AISG
RET_ONLY_ For RET 25 33 150 120

COAXIAL antenna only
(coaxial cable)


TMA12DB_ For 12 dB 30 40 450 400

AISG TMA+RET
antenna or 12
dB TMA only
(AISG)
TMA24DB_ For 24 dB 40 60 850 750

AISG TMA+RET
antenna or 24
dB TMA only
(AISG)
UER_SELF_ User-defined For details, see the description below.

DEFINE
Table 8-24 Reference values of current alarm thresholds (RETPORT)

RET_ONLY For RET 10 15 150 120

_MULTICO antenna only
RE (multi-wire
cable)

DEFINE
Set the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter to UER_SELF_DEFINE in any of the

following scenarios:
– For the AAU5240 and AAU5940, set the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter to
UER_SELF_DEFINE, and set the Undercurrent Alarm Occur Threshold,
Undercurrent Alarm Clear Threshold, Overcurrent Alarm Occur Threshold, and
Overcurrent Alarm Clear Threshold to 10 mA, 15 mA, 150 mA, and 120 mA,
respectively.
– RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario.
– A smart TMA is used as a common TMA.
– The configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei.

– An SASU/RAE is used.
When the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to UER_SELF_DEFINE, set current
alarm thresholds based on the actual ALD type. Pay attention to the following
restrictions:
– User-defined current alarm thresholds must meet the requirements: Under Current
Occur Threshold < Under Current Clear Threshold < Over Current Clear Threshold
< Over Current Occur Threshold.
– Generally, the Under Current Occur Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the device
rated operating current, and the Under Current Clear Threshold is set to about 20
mA greater than the Under Current Occur Threshold. The Over Current Occur
Threshold is set to 150% to 200% of the device rated operating current, and the
Over Current Clear Threshold is set to about 50 mA less than the Over Current
Occur Threshold.
– If RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario, the Under Current Occur
Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by
the RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to a value that is 150% to 200%
of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.
– If the configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei, the Under Current
Occur Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs
controlled by the RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to 150% to 200%
of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.
When a base station uses an AAS module with passive antennas and the RCU integrated
in the AAS module is controlled by the RRU/RFU connecting to the AAS module, set
the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter as follows:
– If the control port is an RET port on the RRU/RFU, set this parameter to a value
corresponding to RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
– If the control port is an antenna port on the RRU/RFU, set this parameter to a value
corresponding to RET_ONLY_COAXIAL.
8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI

Configuring ALD data for a Single Base Station
l eGBTS
– For the eGBTS with the UMPT serving as its main control board: configure ALDs
using the data described in data preparation. For details, see 3900 Series Base
Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following sequence: 3900
Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations >
Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating a Single Co-MPT Base Station >
Configuring Device Data About the Co-MPT Base Station> Configuring ALDs >
Procedure.
– For the eGBTS with the GTMUb/GTMUc serving as its main control board:
configure ALDs using the data described in data preparation. For details, see 3900
Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating
Base Stations > Creating eGBTSs > Creating a Single eGBTS > Configuring
eGBTS Device Data > Configuring ALDs > Procedure.
l NodeB
Configure ALDs using the data described in data preparation. For details, see 3900
Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following sequence:

3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations >
Creating NodeBs > Creating a Single NodeB > Configuring NodeB Device Data >
Configuring ALDs > Procedure.
l eNodeB
Configure ALDs using the data described in data preparation. For details, see 3900
Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following sequence:
Creating eNodeBs > Creating a Single eNodeB > Configuring eNodeB Device Data >
Configuring ALDs > Procedure.
Configuring ALD Data in Batches

Customize a template on a base station where ALDs have been configured, and save this
template. Prepare a summary data file by referencing the user-defined template.
l eGBTSs
– For the eGBTS with the UMPT serving as its main control board: for details, see
3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following
sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating
Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations
in Batches (MOC Export) or 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-
based) > Creating Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating Co-
MPT Base Stations in Batches (Customization Tool).
– For the eGBTS with the GTMUb/GTMUc serving as its main control board: for
details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >
Creating Base Stations > Creating eGBTSs > Creating eGBTSs in Batches (MOC
Export) or 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating
Base Stations > Creating eGBTSs > Creating eGBTSs in Batches (Customization
Tool).
l NodeBs
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the
Creating Base Stations > Creating NodeBs > Creating NodeBs in Batches (MOC Export)
or 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations
> Creating NodeBs > Creating NodeBs in Batches (Customization Tool).
l eNodeBs
Creating Base Stations > Creating eNodeBs > Creating eNodeBs in Batches.
8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML

Commands
module is controlled by the RRU through its RET port.
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to an RET port, including the
power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-1.

Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table
8-2.
Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.

NOTE
Skip this procedure if the RET antenna has built-in RCUs (that has been calibrated before delivery) and
ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is not reported. Perform this procedure if the RET antenna
has built-out RCUs or ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is reported.
Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see
Table 8-3.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see Table
8-4.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and
model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set the RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
----End

module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its antenna port.
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an antenna port,
including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-6.
8-2.

NOTE
Table 8-3.
8-4.
NOTE

Table 8-5.
----End

a TMA)
Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-7.
Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see
Table 8-8.
NOTE
The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSP
TMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.
8-2.
NOTE
Table 8-3.
8-4.
NOTE
Table 8-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 8-9.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set the TMA device data, see
Table 8-10.
----End

TMA)

Table 8-8.
NOTE
8-2.
NOTE
Table 8-3.
8-4.
NOTE
Table 8-5.
Table 8-9.
Table 8-10.
----End

an SASU)
Step 3 Run the ADD SASU command to add an SASU and set related parameters, see Table 8-11.
Step 4 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an SASU subunit, see
Table 8-12.
8-2.

NOTE
Table 8-3.
8-4.
NOTE
Table 8-5.
----End

an SASU and a TMA)
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs and obtain SASU information.
Step 3 Run the ADD SASU command to add an SASU and set related parameters, see Table 8-11.
Step 4 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an SASU subunit, see
Table 8-12.
Step 5 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs and obtain information about the TMA and RET
antenna. Skip this step if you have obtained the information about the TMA and RET antenna
in Step 2.
Table 8-8.
NOTE
8-2.

NOTE
Table 8-3.

8-4.
NOTE
Table 8-5.
Table 8-9.
Table 8-10.
----End
Scenario 7: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (MU)

8-13.
NOTE
Table 8-14.
8-15.
NOTE
Table 8-5.
----End
Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (RU)

Operation procedures for the RET part on the AAS modules:
Step 1 For the AAU3910/AAU3911/AAU3961, run the MOD RETPORT command to configure
parameters related to the power switch and current alarm threshold of the RET port. For
details, see Table 8-1.
For the AAU3920/AAU3940/AAU5240/AAU5940, run the MOD ANTENNAPORT
command to configure parameters related to the power switch and current alarm threshold of
the antenna port. For details, see Table 8-6.


NOTE
If multiple RF modules share the AAS module, running the SCN ALD command may fail to scan all the
RET function controlled by each RF module at a time. In this scenario, you can run this command
separately for the RF module for which the RET cannot be found.
8-2.
NOTE
For example, an active unit in an AAU3911 controls all the RETs and the device serial numbers queried
by ALD scanning are AAU3911xxxxxxxxxHL, AAU3911xxxxxxxxxHR, and AAU3911xxxxxxxxxLR.
ADD RET: DEVICENO=0, CTRLCN=0, CTRLSRN=<RRUsubrack_No>, CTRLSN=0,
RETTYPE=SINGLE_RET, SCENARIO=DAISY_CHAIN, VENDORCODE="HW", SERIALNO="
AAU3911xxxxxxxxxHL";
AAU3911xxxxxxxxxHR";
AAU3911xxxxxxxxxLR";
l DEVICENO is configured according to the data plan and is unique.
l CTRLCN, CTRLSRN, and CTRLSN are the cabinet number, subrack number, and slot number of
the control unit. They must be configured based on site condition.
l RETTYPE must be set to SINGLE_RET.
l SCENARIO must be set to DAISY_CHAIN.
l VENDORCODE must be set to HW.

NOTE
Table 8-3.
8-4.
NOTE
l The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer
and model. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.
l When an AAU5940 is horizontally installed, adjusting its electrical downtilt angle is not
recommended.
l For an AAU5940 with the vertical beamwidth of 68°, the electrical downtilt angle is fixed to 0°. For
an AAU5940 with the vertical beamwidth of 12°, the electrical downtilt angle can be adjusted within
a range of –3° to +12°.
Table 8-5.
----End

Some AAS modules support Huawei proprietary functions. For example, the AAU5940
provides the vertical beamwidth adjustment feature using the RVD. The following are specific
procedures:

NOTE
This step is the same as scanning RETs by running the SCN ALD command. If the information of the
RVD is ready, skip this step.
Step 2 Run the ADD RVD command to add an RVD and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-16.
NOTE
For example, an active unit in an AAU5940 controls all the RETs and the device serial number queried
by ALD scanning is HWVxxxxxxxxx.
ADD RVD: DEVICENO=0, DEVICENAME="XXX", CTRLCN=0,
CTRLSRN=<RRUsubrack_No>, CTRLSN=0, SUBUNITNUM=1,
SCENARIO=DAISY_CHAIN, SERIALNO=" HWVxxxxxxxxx";
l DEVICENO is configured according to the data plan and is unique.
l CTRLCN, CTRLSRN, and CTRLSN are the cabinet number, subrack number, and slot number of
the control unit. They must be configured based on site condition.
l SCENARIO must be set to DAISY_CHAIN.
l DEVICENAME must be set according to the configuration planning.
Step 3 Run the CLB ALD command to calibrate an RVD.
Step 4 Run the MOD RVDSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RVD subunit. For
Step 5 (Optional) Run the MOD RVDINFO command to configure the vertical beamwidth for the
RVD. For details, see Table 8-18.
NOTE
The RVDs of different models may support different adjustable ranges of vertical beamwidth. Run the
DSP RVDSUBUNIT command to query the supported adjustable ranges of vertical beamwidth before
setting.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RVDDEVICEDATA command to set the RVD device data. For
----End

Step 3 Run the ADD RAE command to add an RAE and set related parameters. For details, see
Table 8-20.
Step 4 Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RAE subunit. For

Step 5 (Optional) Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to set the RAE device data. For
----End
Antenna)
Table 8-20.
8-2.
NOTE
Table 8-3.
8-4.
NOTE
Table 8-5.
----End

Table 8-20.

----End
Antenna)
Table 8-20.
8-2.
NOTE
Table 8-3.
8-4.
NOTE
Table 8-5.
----End
Table 8-8.

NOTE
Table 8-20.
Table 8-9.
Table 8-10.
----End
Antenna and a TMA)
Table 8-8.
NOTE
Table 8-20.
8-2.
NOTE
Table 8-3.
8-4.

NOTE
Table 8-5.
Table 8-9.
Table 8-10.
----End
8.4.6 Commissioning
Step 1 Run the DSP ALDVER command to query the version of an ALD. If the ALD needs to be
upgraded, download the required software as follows:
l If the ALD is an RET, see "RCU software download" in section 4.1.2 Operations on
RET Antennas.
l If the ALD is a TMA, see "TMA software download" in section 4.2.2 Operations on the
TMA.
l If the ALD is an SASU, see "SASU software download" in section 4.3.2 Operations on
the SASU.
l If the ALD is an RAE, see "RAE software download" in section 4.4.2 Operations on
the RAE.
l If the ALD is an AAS, see "RCU software download" in section 4.5.2 Operations on
AAS Modules.
Step 2 If the RET or AAS has no configuration file, load its configuration file as follows:
l If an RET is used, see "Configuration file loading" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET
Antennas.
l If an AAS is used, see "Configuration file loading" in section 4.5.2 Operations on AAS
Modules.
----End
RETs/TMAs/SASUs/RAEs
module is controlled by either of the following:
l The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module

l The active module on the AAS module

Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If an RET subunit works properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in the
command output.
Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna.
NOTE
If only one antenna port on the RF module supports RET, the RF module does not support reporting the
Control Port No. parameter. The value of this parameter is displayed as NULL.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMA command to query TMA dynamic information.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMASUBUNIT command to query dynamic information
about TMA subunits.
Step 5 If an SASU is used, run the DSP SASU command to query the SASU dynamic information.
This step applies to NodeBs only.
Step 6 If an SASU is used, run the DSP SASU command to query the dynamic information about
SASU subunits. This step applies to NodeBs only.
Step 7 If an RAE is used, run the DSP RAE command to query the RAE dynamic information.
----End
Step 1 If an RAE is used, run the DSP RAESUBUNIT command to query the dynamic information
about RAE subunits.
----End
AAS Modules with Passive Antennas

In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in
the AAS module.
RET subunit. When an RET subunit is working properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in
the command output.
Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the AAS module.
NOTE
The MU does not support reporting the Control Port No. parameter. The value of this parameter is
displayed as NULL
----End
8.4.8 Deactivation
The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS
If an ALD is no longer used, run the following commands to remove the ALD data:

l RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna. The subunits and device data are removed at the
same time.
l RMV TMA: to remove a TMA. The subunits and device data are removed at the same
time.
l RMV SASU: to remove an SASU. The subunits and device data are removed at the
same time. This command applies only to NodeBs.
l RMV RAE: to remove an RAE. The subunits and device data are removed at the same
time.
Then power off the ALD and set the corresponding attenuation factor to the default value.

If an AAS module with passive antennas is no longer used, run the RMV RET command to
remove the data records of the RET MO, including the settings of all RET subunits under the
MO and device properties.

When ALD data needs to be reconfigured, collect information about the parameters to be
modified based on connections between the RRU/RFU and the RET antenna. For details, see
section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
l Run the MOD RETPORT command to modify parameters related to an RETPORT.

l Run the MOD RET command to modify parameters related to an RET.
l Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to modify the RET subunit parameter settings.
l Run the MOD RETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
l Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to modify parameters related to the RET
device data.
l Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to modify parameters related to an antenna
port.
l Run the MOD TMA command to modify parameters related to a TMA.
l Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to a TMA
subunit.
l Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to adjust RX channel attenuation.
l Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to modify parameters related to the
TMA device data.
l Run the MOD SASU command to modify parameters related to an SASU. This step
applies to UMTS only.
l Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an SASU
subunit. This step applies to UMTS only.

l Run the MOD RAE command to modify parameters related to an RAE.

l Run the MOD RAESUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an RAE
subunit.
l Run the MOD RAEDEVICEDATA command to adjust the RAE device data.
NOTE
Before changing the power port on the RRU or RFU from an RETPORT to an ANTENNAPORT or
from an ANTENNAPORT to an RETPORT, set the PWRSWITCH parameter that has been set to ON to
OFF for the reconfiguration. This is necessary because the ANTENNAPORT and RETPORT switches
on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.

l Run the MOD RET command to modify parameters related to an RET.
l Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to modify the RET subunit parameter settings.
l Run the MOD RETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
l Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to modify parameters related to the RET
device data.

N/A

N/A
8.7 Possible Issues

Table 8-25 lists the alarms related to ALDs. If an alarm is reported, clear the alarm with
recommended actions in the alarm reference for the base station.
Table 8-25 Alarms related to ALDs
Alarm ID Alarm Name
26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated
26752 ALD Hardware Fault
26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range
26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch
26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault
26754 RET Antenna Data Loss
26755 TMA Bypass
26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

Alarm ID Alarm Name
26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure
26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict
26756 SASU VSWR Threshold Crossed
26759 SASU Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
26760 SASU Bypass
26274 Inter-System Board Object Configuration Conflict

ALD Management Feature Parameter Description GBTS Side)

Deployment on GBTS Side)
9.1 When to Use

For details, see section 7.1 When to Use.

N/A
9.3 Planning
N/A
9.4 Deployment
9.4.1 Requirements
N/A
Introduction
This section includes only key parameters, not parameters in all scenarios.
ALD data configuration varies according to scenarios. Different scenarios vary when control
signals are sent to an RET antenna through different RRU or RFU ports and when a TMA is
used.
The scenarios are as follows:

l Scenario 1: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT

l Scenario 2: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT
l Scenario 3: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 4: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the GATM
Generic Data
For details about generic data, see section Generic Data.

module with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT. In this
scenario, the AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the
configuration can be performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
Table 9-1 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT.
Table 9-1 Key parameters related to the RETPORT

Name
RET ALD PwrSwitchRE Set this parameter to ON when an RET Equipment

Power T(BSC6910,B antenna is used. The default value is plan
Switch SC6900) OFF.
RET ALD THRESHOLD Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Current TYPERET(BS conditions. design
Alarm C6910,BSC69
Threshold 00)
Type
RET ALD UnderCurAlm Set these parameters only if the Engineering

Under ThdRET(BSC THRESHOLDTYPERET parameter is design
Current 6910,BSC6900 set to UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
Occur ) parameters as required. For details, see
Threshold( section 9.4.3 Precautions.
mA)
RET ALD UnderCurClrT Engineering

Under hdRET(BSC69 design
Current 10,BSC6900)
Clear
Threshold(
mA)


Name
RET ALD OverCurAlmT Engineering

Over hdRET(BSC69 design
Current 10,BSC6900)
Occur
Threshold(
mA)
RET ALD OverCurClrTh Engineering

Over dRET(BSC691 design
Current 0,BSC6900)
Clear
Threshold(
mA)
Table 9-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna.
Table 9-2 Key parameters related to the RET antenna

Name
Device No. DEVICENO(B The device number of each ALD in a Equipment

SC6910,BSC6 base station must be unique. Note that plan
900) the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of the
TMA.
Device DEVICENAM This parameter identifies an RET Engineering

Name E(BSC6910,B antenna. The format of the value is design
SC6900) site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device name-
related parameter descriptions. This
parameter is optional. If this parameter is
specified, the device name of each ALD
must be unique.
Control Port CTRLPORTC These parameters specify location Equipment

Cabinet No. N(BSC6910,B information about the control port for an plan
SC6900) RET antenna, including the cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot
Control Port CTRLPORTS number of the RRU or RFU where the Equipment
Subrack No. RN(BSC6910, control port is located. Set these plan
BSC6900) parameters based on the control
Control Port CTRLPORTS relationship between the RET antenna Equipment
Slot No. N(BSC6910,B and the RRU or RFU. plan
SC6900)


Name
Control Port CTRLPORTN Control port number. The value ranges Equipment
No. O(BSC6910,B from 0 to 2. Control ports 0, 1, and 2 plan
SC6900) correspond to the ports ANT_A,
ANT_B, and RETPORT, respectively.
Only one port on the RRU or RFU can
be used as the control port for the RET
antenna. In a daisy chain scenario,
multiple RCUs share one control port.
RETType RETTYPE(BS Set this parameter as follows: Equipment

C6910,BSC69 l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET plan
00) for the RET antenna with a single
RET subunit or for the AAS module
l Set this parameter to MULTI_RET
for the RET antenna with multiple
RET subunits.
Number of SUBUNITNU Number of RET subunits used by a base Equipment

RET M(BSC6910,B station. plan
Subunits SC6900) Set this parameter as follows:
l Set this parameter if the RETTYPE
parameter is set to MULTI_RET.
l Set this parameter to 1 if the base
station uses the AAS module with
passive antennas.
Polar Type POLARTYPE( Set this parameter based on the AAS Equipment
BSC6910,BSC specifications only when the base station plan
6900) uses the AAS module with passive
antennas or set this parameter based on
the RET antenna specifications.


Name
Antenna SCENARIO(B This parameter specifies how the RET Equipment

Scenario SC6910,BSC6 antenna is connected to an RRU or RFU. plan
900) l Set this parameter to REGULAR if
the RET antenna is directly
connected to the RRU or RFU. In
this scenario, VENDORCODE and
SERIALNO parameters do not need
to be specified.
l Set this parameter to
DAISY_CHAIN in the following
two scenarios:
Two RET antennas are cascaded. In
this scenario, the control port for
RET antennas must be configured on
the upper-level RRU or RFU of the
daisy chain. The VENDORCODE
and SERIALNO parameters must be
specified. An AAS module with
passive antennas is used. The
DAISY_CHAIN value is
recommended for this parameter
even when you need to use only one
set of antennas for the RET function.
In this case, specify the
parameters because the antennas in
the AAS module are working in
daisy chain mode.
Vendor VENDORCO Set this parameter based on the Equipment

Code DE(BSC6910, manufacturer information, for example, plan
BSC6900) KA for a Kathrein RET antenna, AN for
an Andrew RET antenna, or HW for a
Huawei Agisson RET antenna or an
This parameter is mandatory in daisy
chain scenarios.


Name
Serial No. SERIALNO(B Set this parameter according to the Equipment

SC6910,BSC6 antenna serial number. plan
900) This parameter is mandatory in daisy
chain scenarios.
If an AAS module with passive antennas
is used, run the SCN ALD command to
obtain the serial number of the AAS
module. Then set this parameter
according to the mapping between the
serial number and antenna based on the
hardware description specific to the
AAS module.
For details about how to configure key parameters related to the RET subunit, see Table 8-3.
For details about how to configure key parameters related to the RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
For details about how to configure key parameters related to the RET device data, see Table
8-5.

module with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its
ANTENNAPORT. In this scenario, the AAS module functions as the conventional RET
antennas. Therefore, the configuration can be performed in the same way as that for
conventional RET antennas.
Table 8-5.
Table 9-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT. This
table assumes that ANT_A is a control port. When any other ANTENNAPORT is the control
port, the key parameters can be similarly configured. For example, when ANT_B is the
control port, the parameter ID PwrSwitchB is configured accordingly.
Table 9-3 Key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT

Name
ANT_A PwrSwitchA(B Set this parameter to ON when an ALD Equipment

ALD Power SC6910,BSC69 is used. The default value is OFF. plan
Switch 00) If this parameter is set to ON, current
alarm thresholds for this port must be
specified.


Name
ANT_A ChkModA(BS Set this parameter based on the site Engineering

ALD C6910,BSC690 conditions. For details, see Table 9-9. design
Current 0)
Alarm
Threshold
Type
ANT_A OverCurAlmT Set these parameters only if the Engineering

ALD Over hdA(BSC6910, ChkModA parameter is set to design
Current BSC6900) UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set these
Occur parameters as required. For details, see
Threshold(m section 9.4.3 Precautions.
A)
ANT_A OverCurClrTh Engineering

ALD Over dA(BSC6910,B design
Current SC6900)
Clear
Threshold(m
A)
ANT_A UnderCurAlm Engineering

ALD Under ThdA(BSC691 design
Current 0,BSC6900)
Occur
Threshold(m
A)
ANT_A UnderCurClrT Engineering

ALD Under hdA(BSC6910, design
Current BSC6900)
Clear
Threshold(m
A)

a TMA)
downtilt and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-2, Table 8-3, Table 8-4, and Table
8-5..
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table
9-3.
Table 9-4 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA.

Table 9-4 Key parameters related to the TMA

Name

SC6910,BSC6 base station must be unique. Note that plan
900) the DEVICENO parameter value of the
RET antenna must differ from that of
the TMA.
Device DEVICENAM This parameter identifies an RET Engineering

Name E(BSC6910,B antenna. The format of the value is design
SC6900) site_sector+port+device type_network
type. For details, see the device name-
related parameter descriptions. This
parameter is optional. If this parameter
is specified, the device name of each
ALD must be unique.
TMA Power PWRSUPPLY Power supply type of a TMA. Set this Equipment
Supply Type TYPE(BSC691 parameter based on the specifications plan
0,BSC6900) provided by the TMA manufacturer.
Control Port CTRLPORTC These parameters specify location Equipment

Cabinet No. N(BSC6910,B information about the control port, plan
SC6900) including the cabinet number, subrack
number, and slot number of the RRU or
Control Port CTRLPORTS RFU where the control port is located. Equipment
Subrack No. RN(BSC6910, Set these parameters based on control plan
BSC6900) relationship between the TMA and the
Control Port CTRLPORTS RRU or RFU. Equipment
Slot No. N(BSC6910,B plan
SC6900)
Number of SUBUNITNU Set this parameter based on the site Equipment

TMA M(BSC6910,B conditions. Generally, the value is 2. plan
Subunits SC6900)
Vendor code VENDORCOD Set this parameter to the actual TMA Equipment
E(BSC6910,B manufacturer code. plan
SC6900)
Serial No. SERIALNO(B Set this parameter to the actual TMA Equipment
SC6910,BSC6 serial number. plan
900)
For details about how to configure key parameters related to the TMA subunit, see Table 8-8.
Table 9-5 describes the parameters that must be set to configure RX channel attenuation.

Table 9-5 Key parameters related to RX channel attenuation

Name
Antenna HAVETT1(BS This parameter specifies whether a TMA Equipment

Tributary 1 C6910,BSC69 is connected to RF port ANT_A. If a plan
Flag 00) TMA is connected, set this parameter to
YES.
Antenna ATTENFACT Set this parameter based on the site Engineering

Tributary 1 OR1(BSC6910 conditions after the TMA is installed. design
Factor ,BSC6900) This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to DRRU or
DRFU.
Antenna MRRUATTEN Set this parameter based on the site Engineering

Tributary 1 FACTOR1(BS conditions after the TMA is installed. design
Factor C6910,BSC69 This parameter can be set only if the
00) RXUTYPE parameter is not set to
DRRU or DRFU.

Tributary 2 C6910,BSC69 is connected to RF port ANT_B. If a plan
YES.
Antenna ATTENFACT Set this parameter based on the site Engineering

Tributary 2 OR2(BSC6910 conditions after the TMA is installed. design
Factor ,BSC6900) This parameter can be set only if the
RXUTYPE parameter is set to DRRU or
DRFU.

00) RXUTYPE parameter is not set to
DRRU or DRFU.

Tributary 3 C6910,BSC69 is connected to RF port ANT_C. If a plan
YES.

00) RXUTYPE parameter is set to MRRU
or GRRU.

Tributary 4 C6910,BSC69 is connected to RF port ANT_D. If a plan
YES.


Name

00) RXUTYPE parameter is set to MRRU
or GRRU.
Table 9-6 describes the parameters that must be set to TMA device data.
Table 9-6 Key parameters related to the TMA device data

Name
Device No. DEVICENO(BS Device number of a TMA. Engineering design

C6910,BSC6900 Set this parameter when
) configuring the TMA MO.
SubUnit No. SUBUNITNO(B TMA subunit number. Set Engineering design

SC6910,BSC69 this parameter when
00) configuring the
TMASUBUNIT MO.
Antenna BEARING(BSC Azimuth of an antenna. This Equipment plan

Bearing 6910,BSC6900) parameter is part of the
device data defined by AISG
protocols. For details, see
Antenna Model MODELNO(BS Antenna model. This Equipment plan

Number C6910,BSC6900 parameter is part of the
) device data defined by AISG
Base Station ID BSID(BSC6910, ID of a base station served Equipment plan

BSC6900) by an antenna. This
Band1 BAND1(BSC69 Frequency band supported Equipment plan

10,BSC6900) by an antenna and the
corresponding beam width.
BeamWidth1 BEAMWIDTH These parameters are part of Equipment plan
1(BSC6910,BS device data defined in AISG
C6900) protocols. For details, see
Gain1 GAIN1(BSC691 3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0. Equipment plan
0,BSC6900)


Name
Band2 BAND2(BSC69 Equipment plan

10,BSC6900)
BeamWidth2 BEAMWIDTH Equipment plan

2(BSC6910,BS
C6900)
Gain2 GAIN2(BSC691 Equipment plan

0,BSC6900)

10,BSC6900)

3(BSC6910,BS
C6900)

0,BSC6900)

10,BSC6900)

4(BSC6910,BS
C6900)

0,BSC6900)
Installed Date DATE(BSC6910 Date on which an antenna is Equipment plan

,BSC6900) to be installed. This
Installed TILT(BSC6910, Mechanical tilt of an Equipment plan

Mechanical Tilt BSC6900) antenna. This parameter is
For details, see 3GPP 25.446
or AISG v2.0.
Installer ID INSTALLERI ID of the person who installs Equipment plan

D(BSC6910,BS an antenna. This parameter
C6900) is part of the device data
or AISG v2.0.


Name
AISG Sector ID SECTORID(BS ID of a sector served by an Equipment plan

C6910,BSC6900 antenna. This parameter is
) part of the device data
or AISG v2.0.
Serial No. SERIALNO(BS Equipment serial number of Equipment plan

C6910,BSC6900 an antenna. This parameter
) is part of the device data
or AISG v2.0.
Gain Resolution GAINRESOLU These parameters are usually Equipment plan

TION(BSC6910 set when a TMA is
,BSC6900) delivered. If these
parameters have not been set
Subunit Type SUBUNITTYP upon a TMA delivery, you Equipment plan
E(BSC6910,BS can set them according to
C6900) manuals delivered with the
Received Max RXMAXFQ(BS TMA. This parameter is part Equipment plan
Frequency C6910,BSC6900 of the device data defined by
) AISG protocols. For details,
Received Min RXMINFQ(BS v2.0. Equipment plan
Frequency C6910,BSC6900
)
Transmit Max TXMAXFQ(BS Equipment plan

)
Transmit Min TXMINFQ(BS Equipment plan

)

TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT, RET antenna, RET subunit, RET
antenna downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-1, Table 9-2, Table 8-3,
Table 8-4, and Table 8-5.
Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the GATM

Table 9-7 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a GATM.

Table 9-7 Key parameters related to the GATM

Name
ANT0 ALD AMPC0(BSC6 Set this parameter to ON when ANT0 is Equipment

Power 910,BSC6900) connected to the RET antenna. (The plan
Switch default value is OFF.)
ANT0 MODE0(BSC6 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering

Alarm Mode 910,BSC6900) conditions. MODE1(Mode 1) is design
recommended.
ANT0 ALD MAJORALM Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Over UP0(BSC6910 conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Critical ,BSC6900) Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)
ANT0 ALD MINORALMU Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Over P0(BSC6910,B conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Warning SC6900) Precautions.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)
ANT0 ALD ALMD0(BSC6 Set this parameter based on the site Engineering
Low Current 910,BSC6900) conditions. For details, see section 9.4.3 design
Alarm Precautions.
Threshold(
mA)


recommended.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)


Name
Alarm Precautions.
Threshold(
mA)


recommended.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)
Alarm Precautions.
Threshold(
mA)


recommended.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)


Name
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)
Alarm Precautions.
Threshold(
mA)


recommended.
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)
Alarm Precautions.
Threshold(
mA)


recommended.


Name
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)
Alarm
Threshold(
mA)
Alarm Precautions.
Threshold(
mA)
Manager MCN(BSC691 Cabinet number of the managing board. Engineering

Cabinet No. 0,BSC6900) The managing board is the GTMU or design
CCU board that directly communicates
with the GATM.
Manager MSRN(BSC69 Subrack number of the managing board. Engineering

Subrack No. 10,BSC6900) The managing board is the GTMU or design
CCU board that directly communicates
with the GATM.
Manager MPN(BSC691 Number of the monitoring port on the Engineering

Port No. 0,BSC6900) managing board that connects to the design
GATM
Table 9-8 describes the parameters that must be set to enable the RET function.
Table 9-8 Key parameters related to the RET function

Name

SC6910,BSC6 base station must be unique. plan
900)
For details about key parameters related to the RET antenna, RET antenna downtilt, and RET
device data, see Table 9-2, Table 8-4, and Table 8-5.

9.4.3 Precautions
Section 8.4.3 Precautions describes the common precautions for GBTS and eGBTS/NodeB/
eNodeB.
The common TMA does not support the AISG protocol. To configure a common TMA, you
only need to run the SET BTSRXUBP command to turn on the power switch, set current
alarm thresholds, and configure the RX channel attenuation based on the network plan. For
data preparation details for turning on the power switch and setting the current alarm
thresholds, see Table 9-4. For data preparation details for configuring the RX channel
attenuation, see Table 9-5.
After subunits are added to an AISG1.1-based TMA, all TMA subunits start to work only
after you run the STR BTSALDSCAN command.
Use the values shown in Table 8-23 and Table 8-24 to set the current alarm threshold type for
the control port.
Table 9-9 Reference values for current alarm thresholds (ANTENNAPORT)

Reference Description Undercur Undercurr Overcurre Overcurre
Value rent ent Alarm nt Alarm nt Alarm
Alarm Clear Occur Clear
Occur Threshold Threshold Threshold
Threshol (mA) (mA) (mA)
d (mA)
TMA12DB_O For 12 dB TMA 30 40 170 150

NLY_NON_A only
ISG
TMA24DB_O For 24 dB TMA 40 60 310 280

NLY_NON_A only
ISG

COAXIAL antenna only
(coaxial cable)
TMA12DB_A For 12 dB TMA 30 40 450 400

ISG +RET antenna
or 12 dB TMA
only (AISG)
TMA24DB_A For 24 dB TMA 40 60 850 750

ISG +RET antenna
or 24 dB TMA
only (AISG)

DEFINE1

DEFINE2

Reference Description Undercur Undercurr Overcurre Overcurre

Value rent ent Alarm nt Alarm nt Alarm
Alarm Clear Occur Clear
Occur Threshold Threshold Threshold
Threshol (mA) (mA) (mA)
d (mA)

DEFINE3
Table 9-10 Reference values of current alarm thresholds (RETPORT)

Reference Description Undercur Undercur Overcurre Overcurre
Value rent rent nt Alarm nt Alarm
Alarm Alarm Occur Clear
Occur Clear Threshold Threshold
Threshol Threshol (mA) (mA)
d (mA) d (mA)

MULTICORE antenna only
(multi-wire
cable)

DEFINE1

DEFINE2

DEFINE3
When the current alarm threshold type is user-defined, set current alarm thresholds based on
the actual ALD type. Pay attention to the following restrictions:
l User-defined current alarm thresholds must meet the requirements: Under Current Occur
Threshold < Under Current Clear Threshold < Over Current Clear Threshold < Over
Current Occur Threshold.
l Generally, the Under Current Occur Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the device rated
operating current, and the Under Current Clear Threshold is set to about 20 mA greater
than the Under Current Occur Threshold. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to
150% to 200% of the device rated operating current, and the Over Current Clear
Threshold is set to about 50 mA less than the Over Current Occur Threshold.
l If RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario, the Under Current Occur
Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the
RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to a value that is 150% to 200% of the
total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.
l If the configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei, the Under Current Occur
Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the

RRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated
current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.
l There are three user-define types for GBTSs: UER_SELF_DEFINE1,
UER_SELF_DEFINE2, and UER_SELF_DEFINE3. Generally, the value is
UER_SELF_DEFINE1.
9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI
Configuring a Single Base Station

Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 9.4.2 Data Preparation. For details, see
3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following sequence:
Creating GBTSs > Creating a Single GBTS > Configuring GBTS Device Data > Configuring
ALDs > Procedure.
NOTE
When you navigate in the document, locate the correct node based on the type of the base station
controller connected to the base station.
Configuring Base Stations in Batches

Customize a template on a base station where ALDs have been configured, and save this
template. Prepare a summary data file by referencing the user-defined template. Configure
eNodeBs in batches based on the summary data file.
following sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating
Base Stations > Creating GBTSs > Creating GBTSs in Batches.
NOTE
When you navigate in the document, locate the correct node based on the type of the base station
controller connected to the base station.
9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML

Commands

module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RET port.
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an RET port, including the
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see
Table 9-2.
Step 4 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.

NOTE
Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit,
see Table 8-3.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set the RET antenna downtilt, see
Table 8-4.
NOTE
model. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before
setting.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see
Table 8-5.
----End

module is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its antenna port.
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an antenna port, including
the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-3.
Table 9-2.

NOTE
see Table 8-3.
Table 8-4.
NOTE
setting.
Table 8-5.
----End


a TMA)
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an antenna port, including
the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-3.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSTMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 9-4.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit,
see Table 8-8.
NOTE
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.
Table 9-2.

NOTE
see Table 8-3.
Table 8-4.
NOTE
setting.
Table 8-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 9-5.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 9-6.
----End

TMA)
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an RET port, including the
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSTMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 9-4.

Step 4 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit,
see Table 8-8.
NOTE
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.
Table 9-2.
NOTE
see Table 8-3.
Table 8-4.
NOTE
setting.
Table 8-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to configure RX channel attenuation, see
Table 9-5.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see
Table 9-6.
----End
Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna through the GATM

Step 1 Run the SET BTSDATUBP command to set parameters related to a GATM, including the
Step 2 Run the SET BTSRETANTENB command to enable the RET function, see Table 9-8.
Table 9-2.
NOTE
Table 8-4.

NOTE
setting.
Table 8-5.
----End
9.4.6 Commissioning
Step 1 Run the DSP BTSALDVER command to query the version of an ALD. If the ALD needs to
be upgraded, download the required software as follows:
l If the ALD is an RET, see "RCU software download" in section 4.1.2 Operations on
RET Antennas.
l If the ALD is a TMA, see "TMA software download" in section 4.2.2 Operations on the
TMA.
Step 2 If the RET has no configuration file, load its configuration file. For details, see "Configuration
file loading" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas.
----End

Step 1 Run the DSP BTSRETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If an RET subunit works properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in the
command output.
Step 2 Run the DSP BTSRET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMA command to query TMA dynamic information.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMASUBUNIT command to query dynamic information
about TMA subunits.
----End
9.4.8 Deactivation
If an ALD is no longer used, remove it by running the following commands. Then, turn off
the power supply switch and set the attenuation factor to its default value.
l Run the RMV BTSRET command to remove an RET antenna, its subunits, and device
data.
l Run the RMV BTSTMA command to remove a TMA, its subunits, and device data.
When ALD data needs to be reconfigured, collect information about the parameters to be
modified based on connections between the RRU/RFU and the RET antenna. For details, see
section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
l Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to modify parameters related to an RETPORT.

l Run the MOD BTSRET command to modify parameters related to an RET antenna.
l Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an RET
subunit.
l Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
l Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to modify parameters related to the
RET device data.
l Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to modify parameters related to an
ANTENNAPORT.
l Run the MOD BTSTMA command to modify parameters related to a TMA.
l Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to a TMA
subunit.
l Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to adjust RX channel attenuation.
l Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to modify parameters related to the
TMA device data.
NOTE
Before changing the power port on the RRU or RFU from an RETPORT to an ANTENNAPORT or
from an ANTENNAPORT to an RETPORT, set the PWRSWITCH parameter that has been set to ON
to OFF for the reconfiguration. This is necessary because the ANTENNAPORT and RETPORT
switches on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.
For the scenarios of connection to the RET antenna through the GATM:
l Run the SET BTSDATUBP command to modify parameters related to the port where
the GATM connects to the RET antenna.
l Run the MOD BTSRET command to modify parameters related to an RET antenna.
l Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
l Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to modify parameters related to the
RET device data.

N/A

N/A
9.7 Possible Issues

Table 9-11 lists the alarms related to ALDs. If an alarm is reported, clear the alarm with
recommended actions in the alarm reference for the BSC.
Table 9-11 Alarms related to ALDs

Alarm ID Alarm Name

Alarm ID Alarm Name
26755 TMA Bypass

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD

Automatic Deployment)
10.1 When to Use

It is recommended that ALD Automatic Deployment be used when ALDs have been installed
and the ALDs comply with AISG protocols. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1
and AISG v2.0. Both are supported in SRAN9.0 and later.
ALD automatic deployment applies to RETs and TMAs but not SASUs or AAS modules. In
addition, ALD automatic deployment is not supported in GATM scenarios.

N/A
10.3 Planning
N/A
10.4 Deployment
10.4.1 Process
Figure 10-1 describes the process of ALD automatic deployment.

SingleRAN
Figure 10-1 ALD automatic deployment
10.4.2 Requirements
License
For details, see 7.4.1 Requirements.
Base Station
Base stations must have been deployed and commissioned before ALD automatic
deployment.

Overview
In ALD automatic deployment, the system automatically performs initial configuration for
most ALD data, as described in section 10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration
Process. Only a small amount of ALD data needs to be manually modified or added. The
ALD data that needs manual operation varies depending on the following:
l Number of RET subunits
l Cascading of RET antennas

SingleRAN
l Number of TMA subunits

l Connections between the TMA and RRU/RFU
The related scenarios are as follows:
l Scenario 1: Single-antenna RET antenna not in daisy chain mode (see Figure 4-1)
l Scenario 2: AISG v2.0-based TMA connected to the RRU/RFU with two RF ports (one
TMA with two TMA subunits) (see Figure 4-10)
l Scenario 3: Single-antenna RET antenna in daisy chain mode (see Figure 4-4)
l Scenario 4: Multi-antenna RET antenna (see Figure 4-1)
l Scenario 5: AISG v1.1-based TMA (two TMAs, each with two TMA subunits)
l Scenario 6: TMA connected to two cascaded RRUs or RFUs (see Figure 4-11)
l Scenario 7: TMA connected to the RRU with four RF ports (see Figure 4-12)
NOTE
In scenario 7, if the RRU with four RF ports is connected to two RET antennas, the TMA and RET
antenna on the RF port ANT_A connecting to the control port for the RET antenna can be automatically
deployed, but the TMA and RET antenna on the RF port ANT_B connecting to the control port for the
RET antenna cannot be automatically deployed. For details about the data configurations, see scenario 3
in section 7.4 "Deploying ALD Management" or scenario 3 in section 8.4 "Deploying ALD
Management."
Obtain an RET antenna configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer in advance
because the configuration file may be required for commissioning an ALD after initial
configuration is complete.
Manually Configured Data

After ALD automatic configuration is complete, manually modify and add required ALD
data, which must be obtained and recorded locally on the base station.
1. Common data that needs to be modified

Table 10-1 or Table 10-2 describes the parameters that need to be manually modified
after automatic configuration is complete.
Table 10-1 Common parameters that need to be manually modified (eGBTS/NodeB/

eNodeB)
MO Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes

Name
RETSUBU Tilt TILT Check whether manual

NIT modification is required. If yes,
obtain the method of modifying this
parameter.
TMASUBU Mode MODE Check whether manual

NIT modification is required. If yes,
Gain GAIN obtain the method of modifying this
parameter.

SingleRAN

Name
RXBRANC Attenuation ATTEN Obtain the modification value for

H the RX channel attenuation using
the following formula:
RXBRANCH. ATTEN =
TMASUBUNIT.GAIN – Antenna
loss
where
TMASUBUNIT.MODE and
TMASUBUNIT.GAIN: Manually
modified values.
Table 10-2 Common parameters that need to be manually modified (GBTS)

Name
BTSRETSU Tilt TILT(BSC6910, Check whether manual

BUNIT BSC6900) modification is required. If yes,
obtain the method of modifying
this parameter.
BTSTMAS Mode MODE(BSC691 Check whether manual

UBUNIT 0,BSC6900) modification is required. If yes,
obtain the method of modifying
Gain GAIN(BSC6910 this parameter.
(0.25db) ,BSC6900)
BTSRXUBP Antenna ATTENFACTO Obtain the modification value for

Tributary 1 R1(BSC6910,B the RX channel attenuation using
Factor SC6900) the following formula:
BTSRXUBP. ATTENFACTOR =
Antenna MRRUATTEN
BTSTMASUBUNIT.GAIN –
Tributary 1 FACTOR1(BSC
Antenna loss
Factor 6910,BSC6900)
where
Antenna ATTENFACTO BTSTMASUBUNIT.MODE and
Tributary 2 R2(BSC6910,B BTSTMASUBUNIT.GAIN:
Factor SC6900) Manually modified values.
Antenna MRRUATTEN
Tributary 2 FACTOR2(BSC
Factor 6910,BSC6900)
2. Scenario-specific data that needs to be added

Table 10-3 describes the parameters that need to be manually added in scenarios 3 through 7.
There is no need to manually add parameters in scenarios 1 and 2.

SingleRAN
Table 10-3 Scenario-specific parameters that need to be manually added

Scenari Scenario Configuration Setting Notes
o Item Description Data
Scenario Single- RET subunit Add data of the connection port for the
3 antenna RET connection port RETSUBUNIT MO based on
antenna in connections between the RET antenna
daisy chain and RF module.
mode The vendor code and serial number of the
device identify an RET antenna. The
cabinet number, subrack number, and slot
number identify the RF module where an
RF port connecting to the RET antenna is
located and the port number identifies the
RF port.
Scenario Multi- RET subunit Add data of the connection port for the
4 antenna RET connection port RETSUBUNIT MO based on
antenna connections between the RET antenna
and RF module.
The ALD device number and subunit
number identify an RET subunit. The
cabinet number, subrack number, and slot
RF port connecting to the RET antenna is
RF port.
Scenario AISG v1.1- TMA subunit Add data of the connection port for the
5 based TMA connection port RETSUBUNIT MO based on
(two TMAs, connections between the TMA and RF
each with module.
two TMA The vendor code and serial number of the
subunits) device identify a TMA. The cabinet
number, subrack number, and slot
RF port connecting to the TMA is
RF port.
Scenario TMA TMA subunit Manually modify the configuration of

6 connected to connection port connection ports for the RETSUBUNIT
two cascaded MO after automatic configuration is
RRUs or complete. This is because automatic
RFUs configuration cannot identify RF ports
ANT_A (R0A) on the two cascaded RF
modules as TMA subunit connection
ports.
RX channel Manually modify attenuation on the four

attenuation RX channels of two RF modules.

SingleRAN
Scenari Scenario Configuration Setting Notes

o Item Description Data
Scenario TMA TMA subunit Manually modify the configuration of the

7 connected to connection port connection port for the RETSUBUNIT
the RRU MO after automatic configuration is
with four RF complete. This is because automatic
ports configuration cannot identify any of the
four RF ports on RF modules as the
TMA subunit connection port.
RX channel Manually modify attenuation on RX

attenuation channels of the RF modules.
RET Antenna Configuration File

l Check whether the RET antenna configuration file needs to be downloaded.
Download the RET antenna configuration file in scenarios where an RCU and antenna
are delivered separately and installed onsite. There is no need to download the
configuration file in scenarios where an RCU and antenna are combined or delivered
together or where an existing RET antenna can be re-used.
l Obtain the RET antenna configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer.
After obtaining the configuration file, record RCU and antenna models of all sectors in a base
station in the site survey report and determine which configuration file to download for a
specific RET antenna based on the model information.
10.4.4 Creating an ALD Automatic Deployment Task

ALD automatic deployment must be performed on the U2000 Antenna Management System
(AMS) client. This section describes how to start the U2000 AMS client and create an ALD
automatic deployment task.
Starting the U2000 AMS Client

You can start the U2000 AMS client by entering U2000's IP address in the Internet Explorer
(IE) address bar or by using the U2000 client.
Method 1: Entering U2000's IP address in the address bar of the IE
Step 1 In the address bar of the IE, enter U2000 IP address/ams (for example, 10.141.143.253/ams)
and press Enter.
Step 2 In the displayed login window of the U2000 AMS client, input User Name, Password, and
Verification Code.
Note that the user name and password for the U2000 AMS client are the same as those for the
U2000 client.
----End
Method 2: Using the U2000 client

SingleRAN
On the U2000 client, choose Maintenance > Antenna Management > Device
Management. The U2000 AMS client is started.
Creating a Task
An ALD automatic deployment task can be created on the ALD Auto Deployment tab page.
After the U2000 AMS client is started, click the Device Management tab. The Device
Management tab page is displayed. Then, click the ALD Auto Deployment tab, as shown in
Figure 10-2.
Figure 10-2 Clicking the ALD Auto Deployment tab
Operators can manage and monitor ALD automatic deployment on a single NE if an ALD
automatic deployment task has been created on the U2000 AMS client.
To create an ALD automatic deployment task for an NE, you can manually select the NE or
import a deployment list that contains the NE information.
NOTE
The preceding deployment list is the one that is exported through the CME described in 3900 Series
Base Station Initial Configuration.
Method 1: Manually selecting an NE

Step 1 On the ALD Auto Deployment tab page, click Create.
Step 2 Select a target NE and click OK.
You can move one or multiple NEs from the Available NEs list to the Select NEs list by
clicking .
You can move all NEs from the Available NEs list to the Select NEs list by clicking .

SingleRAN
The value of Status is Wait to be started, indicating that an ALD automatic deployment task
has been created for the selected NE.
----End
Method 2: Importing a deployment list
Step 1 On the ALD Auto Deployment tab page, click Import NE List.
Step 2 In the displayed Import dialog box, click Browse to select a deployment list and click OK.
The value of Status is Wait to be started, indicating that an ALD automatic deployment task
has been created for the selected NE.
----End
10.4.5 Initial Configuration

Initial configuration for ALD automatic deployment includes automatic configuration and
manual configuration. Manual configuration is performed after automatic configuration.
Automatic Configuration
NOTICE
Do not stop an ongoing ALD automatic configuration task. Perform other operations only
after the automatic configuration is complete.
Step 1 On the list of ALD automatic deployment tasks, select a target NE and click Start.
Figure 10-3 Starting a task
Step 2 Wait until automatic configuration is complete. During the automatic configuration, Status is
Running.

SingleRAN
Step 3 When automatic configuration is complete, the Progress becomes 100% and the Status
changes to Wait to be acknowledged.
Step 4 Click Export in the Report column to download an ALD automatic configuration report.
Step 5 Check the configuration process and results in the ALD automatic configuration report.
----End
Manual Configuration (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)

Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence described in Manually
Configured Data in section 10.4.3 Data Preparation. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
You are advised to use the batch configuration function on the CME to manually configure
ALD data for base stations of the same type to improve configuration efficiency. The related
operations are as follows:
1. Export ALD data of multiple base stations using the CME.
For details about how to use the CME to export data of multiple base stations, see CME
Product Documentation. You can check the related operations for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB by choosing the corresponding RAT. For example, for an eGBTS, choose CME
Management > CME Guidelines > GSM Application Management > Base Satiation
Related Operations > Importing and Exporting eGBTS Data for Batch
Configuration in CME Product Documentation.
The ALD-related MOCs that need to be exported include ANTENNAPORT,
RETPORT, RXBRANCH, RET, RETSUBUNIT, TMA, and TMASUBUNIT.
2. Modify the exported ALD data.
Export the ALD data of multiple base stations to XLS files using the CME. Modify the
data for a specific scenario as described in section 10.4.3 Data Preparation.
3. Import the ALD data of multiple base stations using the CME.
For details about how to use the CME to import data of multiple base stations, see CME
Product Documentation. You can check the related operations for an eGBTS, NodeB, or
eNodeB by choosing the corresponding RAT. For example, for an eGBTS, choose CME
Management > CME Guidelines > GSM Application Management > Base Satiation
Related Operations > Importing and Exporting eGBTS Data for Batch
Configuration in CME Product Documentation.
Manual Configuration (GBTS)

Run the MML commands to manually configure ALD data for a GBTS.
Table 10-4 describes the MML commands used to manually modify common ALD data.

SingleRAN
Table 10-4 MML commands used to manually modify common ALD data
MO Paramete Parameter ID MML Command
r Name
BTSRETSUB Tilt TILT(BSC6910,BSC6900) MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT

UNIT
BTSTMASUB Mode MODE(BSC6910,BSC690 MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

UNIT 0)
BTSTMASUB Gain GAIN(BSC6910,BSC6900 MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

UNIT (0.25 dB) )
BTSRXUBP Antenna ATTENFACTOR1(BSC69 SET BTSRXUBP

Tributary 10,BSC6900)
1 Factor
Antenna MRRUATTENFACTOR1(
Tributary BSC6910,BSC6900)
1 Factor
Antenna ATTENFACTOR2(BSC69
Tributary 10,BSC6900)
2 Factor
Antenna MRRUATTENFACTOR2(
Tributary BSC6910,BSC6900)
2 Factor
Table 10-5 describes the MML commands used to manually modify scenario-specific ALD
data.
Table 10-5 MML commands used to manually modify scenario-specific ALD data
Scenario Description Configuration Data MML Command
No.
Scenario 3 Single- Connection port for the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT

antenna RET BTSRETSUBUNIT MO
antenna in a
daisy chain
mode
Scenario 4 Multi-antenna Connection port for the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT

RET antenna BTSRETSUBUNIT MO
Scenario 6 TMA Connection port for the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

connected to BTSTMASUBUNIT MO
two cascaded
RRUs or RX channel attenuation SET BTSRXUBP
RFUs

SingleRAN
Scenario Description Configuration Data MML Command

No.
Scenario 7 TMA Connection port for the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT

connected to BTSTMASUBUNIT MO
the RRU/RFU
with four RF RX channel attenuation SET BTSRXUBP
ports
10.4.6 Commissioning
Downloading the RET Antenna Configuration File
To download RET antenna configuration files in batches, perform the following steps on the
U2000 AMS client:
Step 1 On the U2000 AMS client, click the Configuration tab.

Step 2 Select an NE and then an RET subunit on the displayed RET Subunit tab page. Multiple NEs
of the same version can be selected and multiple RET subunits can be selected for the same
NE.
Step 3 Choose Transfer GFG File > From OSS Client to OSS Server to upload the target RET
antenna configuration files from your local client to the U2000 server.
Step 4 On the RET Subunit tab page, click Export Configuration Template to export the template
for downloading configuration files for the RET antenna in batches.
Step 5 Input the configuration file name and tilt for each RET subunit in the exported template. If the
tilt is not specified for an RET subunit, the original tilt remains unchanged.
Step 6 Click Import Configuration Template to import the template for downloading configuration
files for the RET antenna in batches. The system automatically downloads configuration files
for the RET antenna, calibrates the RET antenna, and sets the downtilt.
Step 7 Click Export Configuration Report to export the report of downloading configuration files
for the RET antenna in batches.
Step 8 Check the process and results in the report of downloading configuration files for the RET
antenna in batches.
----End

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
RET subunit. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the RET subunit
works properly.
Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna. If the
values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of RET
subunits are available, the RET antenna is started properly.

SingleRAN
NOTE
If only one antenna port on the RF module supports RET, the RF module does not support reporting the
Control Port No. parameter. The value of this parameter is displayed as NULL.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMA command to query dynamic information about the
TMA. If the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual
number of TMA subunits are available, the TMA is started properly.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMASUBUNIT command to query the working status of
TMA subunits. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the TMA subunit
works properly.
----End
GBTS
RET subunit. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the RET subunit
works properly.
Step 2 Run the DSP BTSRET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna. If
the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of
RET subunits are available, the RET antenna is started properly.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMA command to query dynamic information about the
TMA. If the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual
number of TMA subunits are available, the TMA is started properly.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMASUBUNIT command to query the working status of
TMA subunits. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the TMA subunit
works properly.
----End
10.4.8 Checking that ALD Automatic Deployment Is Complete

After an ALD automatic deployment task is complete for an NE, you need to check that ALD
automatic deployment is complete on the ALD Auto Deployment tab page of the U2000
AMS client.
On the list of ALD automatic deployment tasks, select an NE whose Status is Wait to be
acknowledged and click Acknowledge.
The value of Status for the NE changes to Completed.
10.4.9 Deactivation
If an ALD is no longer used, run an appropriate command to remove the ALD data. Then
power off the ALD and return the corresponding attenuation parameters to the default value.
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Step 1 Remove the ALD data:
l Using the U2000 AMS
1. In the U2000 AMS, click Configuration on the Device Management tab page, as
shown in Figure 10-4.

SingleRAN
Figure 10-4 Configuration tab page
2. On the displayed Configuration tab page, choose the target NE from which the ALD is
to be removed in area 1.
3. In area 2, click the Device tab, choose the ALD to be removed, and click Remove. Data
of the ALD and its subunits is removed.
l Using MML commands
– RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
– RMV TMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.
Step 2 Power off the ALD:

1. In area 2 on the Configuration tab page, click the Power Switch tab, choose the port
where the power switch for the removed ALD is located.
2. In area 3, set the power switch on the port to OFF. You can set the power switch only on
one port at a time.
– If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the MOD
RETPORT command to power off the RETPORT.
– If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the MOD
ANTENNAPORT command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.
Step 3 Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
parameters to the default value.
----End
GBTS
Step 1 Remove the ALD data:
1. In the U2000 AMS, click Configuration on the Device Management tab page, as
shown in Figure 10-4.

SingleRAN
2. On the displayed Configuration tab page, choose the target NE from which the ALD is
to be removed in area 1.
3. In area 2, click the Device tab, choose the ALD to be removed, and click Remove. Data
of the ALD and its subunits is removed.
– RMV BTSRET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
– RMV BTSTMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.
Step 2 Power off the ALD:
1. In area 2 on the Configuration tab page, click the Power Switch tab, choose the port
where the power switch for the removed ALD is located.
2. In area 3, set the power switch on the port to OFF. You can set the power switch only on
one port at a time.
– If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the RETPORT.
– If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.
Step 3 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
----End
If ALD data needs to be reconfigured after initial configuration is complete, you can use
either of the following ways:
l Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration and then enable ALD automatic
deployment to restart initial configuration.
l Run MML commands to reconfigure ALD data.
Removing ALDs and Enabling ALD Automatic Deployment (eGBTS/NodeB/

eNodeB)
Step 1 Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration:
1. Run the following command to remove the ALD data:
– RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
– RMV TMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.
2. Power off the ALD:
– If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the MOD
RETPORT command to power off the RETPORT.
– If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the MOD
ANTENNAPORT command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.
3. Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation

SingleRAN
Step 2 Enable ALD automatic deployment to restart initial configuration. For details, see section
10.4.5 Initial Configuration.
----End
Removing ALDs and Enabling ALD Automatic Deployment (GBTS)

Step 1 Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration:
1. Run the following command to remove the ALD data:
– RMV BTSRET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
– RMV BTSTMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.
2. Power off the ALD:
– If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the RETPORT.
– If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the SET
BTSRXUBP command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.
3. Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuation
Step 2 Enable ALD automatic deployment to restart initial configuration. For details, see section
10.4.5 Initial Configuration.
----End
Running MML Commands (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)

See section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.
Running MML Commands (GBTS)

See section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.

N/A

N/A
10.7 Possible Issues

eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Table 10-6 lists the alarms related to ALDs for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB. If an alarm is
reported, clear the alarm by referring to the corresponding alarm reference.

SingleRAN
Table 10-6 Alarms related to eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB ALDs

Alarm ID Alarm Name
26755 TMA Bypass
GBTS
Table 10-7 lists the alarms related to ALDs for a GBTS. If an alarm is reported, clear the
alarm by referring to the corresponding alarm reference.
Table 10-7 Alarms related to GBTS ALDs

Alarm ID Alarm Name
26755 TMA Bypass

SingleRAN
Alarm ID Alarm Name
10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration Process

Figure 10-5 describes the process of ALD automatic configuration.
Figure 10-5 ALD automatic configuration process
Turing on the ALD Power Switch

The system attempts to turn on the ALD power switch for the RETPORT or
ANTENNAPORT MOs.

SingleRAN
l If an ALD is configured for the RETPORT or ANTENNAPORT MO, the ALD power
switch is turned on. The system starts scanning the ALD and ALD automatic
configuration continues.
l If no ALD is configured for the RETPORT or ANTENNAPORT MO, the ALD power
switch cannot be turned on. The system turns off the ALD power switch and ALD
automatic configuration ends.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-8 and Table 10-9 describe the parameters for
configuring the RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-8 Key parameters for configuring the RETPORT MO

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
Name ID Configuration
Cabinet CN These parameters specify location These parameters are

No. information about the control port set to the cabinet
for an RET antenna, including the number, subrack
Subrack SRN cabinet number, subrack number, number, and slot
No. and slot number of the RRU where number of the RRU
Slot No. SN the control port is located and the where the RETPORT is
control port number. located and the port
Port No. PN number of the
RETPORT. The system
attempts to turn on the
ALD power switch on
the RETPORT.
ALD PWRSWIT Set this parameter to ON when an This parameter is set to

Power CH ALD is used. The default value is ON when the power
Switch OFF. switch is turned on or
to OFF when the power
switch cannot be turned
on.
Current THRESH - This parameter is set to

Alarm OLDTYPE the default value
Threshold RET_ONLY_MULTI
CORE.
Table 10-9 Key parameters for configuring the ANTENNAPORT MO

Paramete Parameter Setting Notes Automatic
r Name ID Configuration
Control CN These parameters specify location These parameters are

Port information about the control port set to the cabinet
Cabinet for an RET antenna, including the number, subrack
No. cabinet number, subrack number, number, and slot
and slot number of the RRU or RFU number of the RRU
where the control port is located and where the
the control port number. ANTENNAPORT is

SingleRAN

Control SRN located and the port

Port number of the
Subrack RETPORT. The system
No. attempts to turn on the
ALD power switch on
Control SN the ANTENNAPORT.
Port Slot
No.
Control PN
Port
Cabinet
No.
ALD PWRSWIT Set this parameter to ON when an This parameter is set to

Power CH ALD is used. The default value is ON when the power
Switch OFF. switch is turned on or to
OFF when the power
on.
Current THRESH - This parameter is set to

Alarm OLDTYPE the default value
Threshold TMA24DB_AISG.
For a GBTS, Table 10-10 and Table 10-11 describe the parameters for configuring the
RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-10 Key parameters for configuring the RETPORT MO

RET ALD PwrSwitch Set this parameter to ON when an This parameter is set to
Power RET(BSC6 ALD is used. The default value is ON when the power
Switch 910,BSC69 OFF. switch is turned on or to
00) OFF when the power
on.
RET ALD THRESH - This parameter is set to

Current OLDTYPE the default value
Alarm RET(BSC6 RET_ONLY_MULTI
Threshold 910,BSC69 CORE.
Type 00)

SingleRAN
Table 10-11 Key parameters for configuring the ANTENNAPORT MO

ANT_A PwrSwitch Set this parameter to ON when an This parameter is set to

ALD A(BSC691 ALD is used. The default value is ON when the power
Power 0,BSC6900 OFF. switch is turned on or
Switch ) to OFF when the power
on.
ANT_A ChkModA( - This parameter is set to

ALD BSC6910, the default value
Current BSC6900) TMA24DB_AISG.
Alarm
Threshold
Type
Scanning ALDs
The system starts scanning ALDs after the ALD power switch is turned on. The system will
scan a connected ALD and existing data of the ALD. The ALD data is used for later
automatic configuration.
Configuring the RET and RETSUBUNIT MOs

After an RET antenna is scanned, the system automatically configures the RET and
RETSUBUNIT MOs.
configuring the RET and RETSUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-12 Key parameters for configuring the RET MO

Parameter Paramete Setting Notes Automatic
Name r ID Configuration
Device No. DEVICE The device number of each ALD in The system
NO a base station must be unique. Note automatically allocates
that the RET antenna's DEVICENO device numbers with no
must be different from the TMA's. duplicates.

SingleRAN

Device DEVICE This parameter identifies an RET The format of the

Name NAME antenna. device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_subrack number of
the control port_slot
number of the control
port_random number,
for example,
RET_0_60_0_1.
Control CTRLCN These parameters specify location These parameters are

Port information about the control port set based on the ALD
Cabinet for an RET antenna, including the scanning results.
No. cabinet number, subrack number,
and slot number of the RRU or RFU
Control CTRLSR where the control port is located.
Port N
Subrack
No.
Control CTRLSN
Port Slot
No.
RET Type RETTYP Set this parameter as follows: These parameters are
E l Set this parameter to set based on the ALD
SINGLE_RET for the RET scanning results.
antenna with a single RET
subunit.
MULTI_RET for the RET
antenna with multiple RET
subunits.
Number of SUBUNI Number of RET subunits used by a These parameters are

RET TNUM base station. set based on the ALD
Subunits Set this parameter if the RETTYPE scanning results.
parameter is set to MULTI_RET.
Polar Type POLART - This parameter is set to

YPE DUAL.

SingleRAN

Antenna SCENARI This parameter specifies how the If only one RET
Scenario O RET antenna is connected to an antenna is scanned on a
RRU or RFU. control port, this
l Set this parameter to parameter is set to
REGULAR if the RET antenna REGULAR.
is directly connected to the RRU If multiple RET
or RFU. In this scenario, antennas are scanned on
VENDORCODE and a control port, this
SERIALNO parameters do not parameter is set to
need to be specified. DAISY_CHAIN.
DAISY_CHAIN when two RET
scenario, the control port for
RET antennas must be
configured on the upper-level
RRU or RFU of the daisy chain.
The VENDORCODE and
specified.
Vendor VENDOR Set this parameter based on the These parameters are
Code CODE manufacturer information, for set based on the ALD
example, KA for a Kathrein RET scanning results.
antenna, AN for an Andrew RET
antenna, or HW for a Huawei
Agisson RET antenna.
This parameter is mandatory in
Serial No. SERIALN Set this parameter according to the These parameters are
O antenna serial number. set based on the ALD
This parameter is mandatory in scanning results.
Table 10-13 Key parameters for configuring the RETSUBUNIT MO

Device No. DEVICE Device number of an RET antenna Device number of an

NO RET antenna
Subunit SUBUNI This parameter specifies the RET The system

No. TNO subunit number, which starts from 1. automatically allocates
subunit numbers with
no duplicates.

SingleRAN

Subunit SUBNAM This parameter specifies the name of This parameter must be
Name E the RET subunit. The name of the manually configured.
RET subunit is optional, but the
name configured for each RET
subunit must be unique.
Connect CONNCN - l If single-antenna

Port 1 1 RET antennas are
Cabinet used and the RET
No. antennas are not in
daisy chain mode,
Connect CONNSR connection port 1 is
Port 1 N1 set to R0A on the
Subrack RRU where the
No. control port is
Connect CONNSN located, and
Port 1 Slot 1 connection port 2 is
No. set to R0B on the
RRU where the
Connect CONNPN control port is
Port 1 Port 1 located.
No. l If a multi-antenna
RET antenna is used
Connect CONNCN
or if single-antenna
Port 2 2
RET antennas work
Cabinet
in daisy chain mode,
No.
neither connection
Connect CONNSR port 1 nor
Port 2 N2 connection port 2 is
Subrack set.
No.
Connect CONNSN
Port 2 Slot 2
No.
Connect CONNPN
Port 2 Port 2
No.
Tilt TILT - This parameter is set to

the actual RET antenna
downtilt obtained from
the output of the DSP
RETSUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.

SingleRAN
For a GBTS, Table 10-14 and Table 10-15 describe the parameters for configuring the RET
and RETSUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-14 Key parameters for configuring the RET MO

NO(BSC6 a base station must be unique. Note automatically allocates
910,BSC6 that the RET antenna's DEVICENO device numbers with no
900) must be different from the TMA's. duplicates.

Name NAME(B antenna. device name is as
SC6910,B follows: device
SC6900) type_cabinet number of
the control
port_random number.
Control CTRLPO These parameters specify location These parameters are

Port RTCN(BS information about the control port set based on the ALD
Cabinet C6910,BS for an RET antenna, including the scanning results.
No. C6900) cabinet number, subrack number,
Control CTRLPO where the control port is located.
Port RTSRN(B
Subrack SC6910,B
No. SC6900)
Control CTRLPO
Port Slot RTSN(BS
No. C6910,BS
C6900)
Control CTRLPO Control port number. The value These parameters are
Port No. RTNO(BS ranges from 0 to 2. Control ports 0, set based on the ALD
C6910,BS 1, and 2 correspond to the ports scanning results.
C6900) ANT_A, ANT_B, and RETPORT,
respectively. Only one port on the
RRU or RFU can be used as the
control port for the RET antenna. In
a daisy chain scenario, multiple

SingleRAN

RETType RETTYP Set this parameter as follows: These parameters are

E(BSC69 l Set this parameter to set based on the ALD
10,BSC69 SINGLE_RET for the RET scanning results.
00) antenna with a single RET
subunit.
MULTI_RET for the RET
antenna with multiple RET
subunits.
Number of SUBUNI Number of RET subunits used by a These parameters are

RET TNUM(B base station. set based on the ALD
Subunits SC6910,B Set this parameter if the RETTYPE scanning results.
SC6900) parameter is set to MULTI_RET.
Polar Type POLART - This parameter is set to

YPE(BSC DUAL.
6910,BSC
6900)
Antenna SCENARI This parameter specifies how the If only one RET
Scenario O(BSC69 RET antenna is connected to an antenna is scanned on a
10,BSC69 RRU or RFU. control port, this
00) l Set this parameter to parameter is set to
REGULAR if the RET antenna REGULAR.
is directly connected to the RRU If multiple RET
or RFU. In this scenario, antennas are scanned on
VENDORCODE and a control port, this
SERIALNO parameters do not parameter is set to
need to be specified. DAISY_CHAIN.
DAISY_CHAIN when two RET
scenario, the control port for
RET antennas must be
configured on the upper-level
RRU or RFU of the daisy chain.
The VENDORCODE and
specified.
Vendor VENDOR Set this parameter based on the These parameters are
Code CODE(BS manufacturer information, for set based on the ALD
C6910,BS example, KA for a Kathrein RET scanning results.
C6900) antenna, AN for an Andrew RET
antenna, or HW for a Huawei
Agisson RET antenna.
This parameter is mandatory in

SingleRAN

Serial No. SERIALN Set this parameter according to the These parameters are
O(BSC69 antenna serial number. set based on the ALD
10,BSC69 This parameter is mandatory in scanning results.
00) daisy chain scenarios.
Table 10-15 Key parameters for configuring the RETSUBUNIT MO

Device No. DEVICEN Device number of an RET antenna Device number of an

O(BSC691 RET antenna
0,BSC6900
)
SubUnit SUBUNIT This parameter specifies the RET The system

No. NO(BSC69 subunit number, which starts from automatically allocates
10,BSC690 1. subunit numbers with
0) no duplicates.
Connect CONNCN - l If single-antenna

Port 1 1(BSC691 RET antennas are
Cabinet 0,BSC6900 used and the RET
No. ) antennas are not in
daisy chain mode,
Connect CONNSR connection port 1 is
Port 1 N1(BSC69 set to 0 (ANT_A)
Subrack 10,BSC690 on the RRU where
No. 0) the control port is
Connect CONNSN located, and
Port 1 Slot 1(BSC691 connection port 2 is
No. 0,BSC6900 set to 1 (ANT_B) on
) the RRU where the
control port is
Connect CONNPN located.
Port 1 Port 1(BSC691 l If a multi-antenna
No. 0,BSC6900 RET antenna is used
) or if single-antenna
RET antennas work
Connect CONNCN
in daisy chain mode,
Port 2 2(BSC691
neither connection
Cabinet 0,BSC6900
port 1 nor
No. )
connection port 2 is
Connect CONNSR set.
Port 2 N2(BSC69
Subrack 10,BSC690
No. 0)

SingleRAN

Connect CONNSN
Port 2 Slot 2(BSC691
No. 0,BSC6900
)
Connect CONNPN
Port 2 Port 2(BSC691
No. 0,BSC6900
)
Tilt TILT(BSC - This parameter is set to

(0.1degree) 6910,BSC6 the actual RET antenna
900) downtilt obtained from
the output of the DSP
RETSUBUNIT
command, which is
automatically executed
by the system.
Configuring the TMA and TMASUBUNIT MOs

After a TMA is scanned, the system automatically configures the TMA and TMASUBUNIT
MOs.
configuring the TMA and TMASUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-16 Key parameters for configuring the TMA MO

Device No. DEVICEN The device number of each ALD in The system
O a base station must be unique. Note automatically allocates
that the TMA's DEVICENO must device numbers with no
be different from the RET antenna's. duplicates.
Device DEVICEN This parameter identifies an RET The format of the

Name AME antenna. device name is as
follows: device
type_cabinet number of
the control
port_random number.

SingleRAN

Control CTRLCN These parameters specify location These parameters are

Port information about the control port set based on the ALD
Cabinet for an RET antenna, including the scanning results.
No. cabinet number, subrack number,
Control CTRLSRN where the control port is located.
Port Set these parameters based on
Subrack connections between the TMA and
No. the RRU or RFU.
Control CTRLSN
Port Slot
No.
Number of SUBUNIT Set this parameter based on the site These parameters are
TMA NUM conditions. Generally, this set based on the ALD
Subunits parameter is set to 2. scanning results.
Vendor VENDOR This parameter is mandatory in a These parameters are

Code CODE non-regular scenario. Set this set based on the ALD
parameter to the actual TMA scanning results.
manufacturer code.
Serial No. SERIALN This parameter is mandatory in a These parameters are

O non-regular scenario. Set this set based on the ALD
parameter to the actual TMA serial scanning results.
number.
Table 10-17 Key parameters for configuring the TMASUBUNIT MO

Device No. DEVICEN Device number of a TMA Device number of a

O TMA
Subunit SUBUNIT Number of a TMA subunit The system

No. NO automatically allocates
subunit numbers with
no duplicates.
Connect CONNCN - l If the number of

Port TMA subunits is 2,
Cabinet connection port 1 is
No. set to R0A on the
RRU where the
Connect CONNSR control port is
Port N located, and
Subrack connection port 2 is
No.

SingleRAN

Connect CONNSN set to R0B on the

Port Slot RRU where the
No. control port is
located.
Connect CONNPN
l If the number of
Port No.
TMA subunits is not
2, connection ports
are not set.
Mode MODE The TMA subunit supports two This parameter is set to
working modes: normal mode and the actual working
bypass mode: mode of the TMA
l In normal mode, the TMA subunit obtained from
subunit functions and the TMA the output of the DSP
amplifies uplink signals. TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
l In bypass mode, the TMA automatically executed
subunit works as a straight- by the system.
through feeder. It does not
amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.
Gain GAIN Set this parameter based on the This parameter is set to
engineering design. The gain value the actual gain of the
range supported by the TMA varies TMA subunit obtained
according to the manufacturer and from the output of the
model. Run the DSP DSP TMASUBUNIT
TMADEVICEDATA command to command, which is
query the value range before setting automatically executed
the gain. by the system.
If the gain is fixed, this parameter is
optional, or you can set this
parameter to its actual gain value.
For a GBTS, Table 10-18 and Table 10-19 describe the parameters for configuring the TMA
and TMASUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-18 Key parameters for configuring the TMA MO

NO(BSC6 a base station must be unique. Note automatically allocates
910,BSC6 that the TMA's DEVICENO must device numbers with no
900) be different from the RET antenna's. duplicates.

SingleRAN


Name NAME(B antenna. device name is as
SC6910,B follows: device
SC6900) type_cabinet number of
the control
port_random number.
TMA PWRSUP - This parameter is set to

Power PLYTYP the default value
Supply E(BSC69 SINGLE_PORT_PO
Type 10,BSC69 WER.
00)
Control CTRLPO These parameters specify location These parameters are

Port RTCN(BS information about the control port, set based on the ALD
Cabinet C6910,BS including the cabinet number, scanning results.
No. C6900) subrack number, and slot number of
the RRU or RFU where the control
Control CTRLPO port is located for an RET antenna.
Port RTSRN(B Set these parameters based on
Subrack SC6910,B control relationship between the
No. SC6900) TMA and the RRU or RFU.
Control CTRLPO
Port Slot RTSN(BS
No. C6910,BS
C6900)
Number of SUBUNI Set this parameter based on the site These parameters are
TMA TNUM(B conditions. Generally, the value is 2. set based on the ALD
Subunits SC6910,B scanning results.
SC6900)
Vendor VENDOR - These parameters are

code CODE(BS set based on the ALD
C6910,BS scanning results.
C6900)
Serial No. SERIALN - These parameters are

O(BSC69 set based on the ALD
10,BSC69 scanning results.
00)

SingleRAN
Table 10-19 Key parameters for configuring the TMASUBUNIT MO

Device No. DEVICE Device number of a TMA Device number of a

NO(BSC6 TMA
910,BSC6
900)
SubUnit SUBUNI Number of a TMA subunit The system

No. TNO(BSC automatically allocates
6910,BSC subunit numbers with
6900) no duplicates.
Connect CONNC - l If the number of

Port N(BSC69 TMA subunits is 2,
Cabinet 10,BSC69 connection port 1 is
No. 00) set to 0 (ANT_A) on
the RRU where the
Connect CONNSR control port is
Port N(BSC69 located, and
Subrack 10,BSC69 connection port 2 is
No. 00) set to 1 (ANT_B) on
Connect CONNS the RRU where the
Port Slot N(BSC69 control port is
No. 10,BSC69 located.
00) l If the number of
TMA subunits is not
Connect CONNP 2, connection ports
Port Port N(BSC69 are not set.
No. 10,BSC69
00)
Mode MODE(B The TMA subunit supports two This parameter is set to
SC6910,B working modes, normal mode and the actual working
SC6900) bypass modes: mode of the TMA
l In normal mode, the TMA subunit obtained from
subunit functions and the TMA the output of the DSP
amplifies uplink signals. TMASUBUNIT
command, which is
l In bypass mode, the TMA automatically executed
subunit works as a straight- by the system.
through feeder. It does not
amplify uplink signals. The
default value is NORMAL.

SingleRAN

Gain GAIN(BS Set this parameter based on the This parameter is set to
(0.25db) C6910,BS engineering design. The gain value the actual gain of the
C6900) range supported by the TMA varies TMA subunit obtained
according to the manufacturer and from the output of the
model. Run the DSP DSP TMASUBUNIT
BTSTMADEVICEDATA command, which is
command to query the value range automatically executed
before setting the gain. If the gain is by the system.
fixed, this parameter is optional, or
you can set this parameter to its
actual gain value.
Configuring the RX Channel Attenuation

You need to configure the correspondingRX channel attenuation after MODE and GAIN have
been configured for the TMASUBUNIT MO.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-20 describes the parameters for configuring the RX
channel attenuation.
Table 10-20 Key parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation

RX RXNO RX channel number of the RRU or RX channel number of

Channel RFU. port 0 is set to that of
No. RF port R0A and RX
channel number of port
1 is set to that of RF
port R0B.

SingleRAN

Attenuatio ATTEN l If no TMA is used, set this l If the number of

n parameter to 0. TMA subunits is 2,
l If a 12 dB TMA is used, set this this parameter is set
parameter to a value within the to
range from 4 dB to 11 dB. TMASUBUNIT.G
AIN minus 4 for
l If a 24 dB TMA is used, set this TMA subunits
parameter to a value within the working in normal
range from 11 dB to 22 dB. mode or to the
default value 0 for
TMA subunits
working in bypass
mode.
l If the number of
TMA subunits is not
2, this parameter is
not set.
For a GBTS, Table 10-21 describes the parameters for configuring the RX channel
attenuation.
Table 10-21 Key parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation

Antenna HAVETT1( This parameter specifies whether a Antenna tributary 1 is

Tributary 1 BSC6910, TMA is connected to RF port the RX channel on port
Flag BSC6900) ANT_A. If a TMA is connected, 0 (ANT_A). Antenna
set this parameter to YES. tributary 2 is the RX
channel on port 1
Antenna ATTENFA Set this parameter based on the site (ANT_A).
Tributary 1 CTOR1(BS conditions after the TMA is
Factor C6910,BS installed. This parameter can be set l If the number of
C6900) only if the RXUTYPE parameter is TMA subunits is 2,
set to DRRU or DRFU. the RX channel
attenuation is set to
Antenna MRRUAT Set this parameter based on the site either of the
Tributary 1 TENFACT conditions after the TMA is following values:
Factor OR1(BSC6 installed. This parameter can be set l TMASUBUNIT.GA
910,BSC69 only if the RXUTYPE parameter is IN minus 4: The
00) not set to a value other than DRRU TMA subunits are
or DRFU. working in normal
Antenna HAVETT2( This parameter specifies whether a mode.
Tributary 2 BSC6910, TMA is connected to RF port l 0 (default value):
Flag BSC6900) ANT_B. If a TMA is connected, set The TMA subunits
this parameter to YES. are working in

SingleRAN

Antenna ATTENFA Set this parameter based on the site bypass mode and the
Tributary 2 CTOR2(BS conditions after the TMA is antenna tributary
Factor C6910,BS installed. This parameter can be set flag is set to Yes.
C6900) only if the RXUTYPE parameter is l If the number of
set to DRRU or DRFU. TMA subunits is not
2, the RX channel
Antenna MRRUAT Set this parameter based on the site
attenuation is not
Tributary 2 TENFACT conditions after the TMA is
set.
Factor OR2(BSC6 installed. This parameter can be set
910,BSC69 only if the RXUTYPE parameter is
00) set to a value other than DRRU or
DRFU.
Multimode Base Station ALD Automatic Configuration

If an RRU or RFU connected to ALDs works in multiple RATs, the system uses the following
rules when implementing ALD automatic deployment:
l Parameters related to the ALD power switch and RX channel attenuation of the RRU or
RFU must be set to the same values in modes that manage the RRU or RFU.
l ALD parameters other than the preceding ones must be configured only in one of all
modes that manage the RRU or RFU.
The mode can be selected on the U2000 AMS client by choosing Configuration > MBTS
Management > MBTS Priority Settings. A mode of a higher priority is preferred.
Therefore, you need to set RAT priorities before ALD automatic deployment.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
11 Parameters
Table 11-1 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description
ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
SCENA BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Scenario in which an antenna is connected.
RIO 0 BTSRE 11202 BTS The scenario depends on the physical connection of
T the antenna. Vendor code and ESN are required when
MOD the antenna is connected in daisy-chain mode.
BTSRE GUI Value Range: REGULAR(Regular),
T DAISY_CHAIN(Daisy Chain)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN
Default Value: None
SCENA BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Scenario in which an antenna is connected.
RIO 0 BTSRE 11202 BTS The scenario depends on the physical connection of
T the antenna. Vendor code and ESN are required when
MOD the antenna is connected in daisy-chain mode.
BTSRE GUI Value Range: REGULAR(Regular),
T DAISY_CHAIN(Daisy Chain)
Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
SCENA BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the connection scenario of the
RIO 0, RET 210601 ion with antenna. This parameter must be set based on the
BTS390 MOD MRFD- TMA hardware installation. The vendor code and serial
0 RET 210602 (Tower number of the device must be correctly configured in
WCDM Mounte a non-regular scenario. This parameter can be set to
A, LST WRFD- d REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN,
BTS390 RET 060003 Amplifi SECTOR_SPLITTING, or 2G_EXTENSION.
0 LTE LBFD-0 er) GUI Value Range: REGULAR(REGULAR),
01024 / Remote DAISY_CHAIN(DAISY_CHAIN),
TDLBF Electrica SECTOR_SPLITTING(SECTOR_SPLITTING),
D-00102 l Tilt 2G_EXTENSION(2G_EXTENSION)
4/ Same Unit: None
MLBFD Band
-120004 Actual Value Range: REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN,
Antenna SECTOR_SPLITTING, 2G_EXTENSION
21 Sharing
Unit Default Value: None
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
MODE BSC691 MOD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Working mode of the TMA subunit.
0 BTSTM 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: NORMAL(Normal),
ASUBU BYPASS(Bypass), UNKNOWN(Unknown)
NIT
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NORMAL, BYPASS,
UNKNOWN
Default Value: NORMAL(Normal)
MODE BSC690 MOD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Working mode of the TMA subunit.
0 BTSTM 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: NORMAL(Normal),
ASUBU BYPASS(Bypass), UNKNOWN(Unknown)
NIT
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NORMAL, BYPASS,
UNKNOWN
Default Value: NORMAL(Normal)

SingleRAN

nd
MODE BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the working mode of the TMA
0, TMAS 210601 ion with subunit. If the TMA subunit works in BYPASS mode,
BTS390 UBUNI WRFD- TMA it does not amplify the uplink signals. If this
0 T 060003 (Tower parameter is set to DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE, it is
WCDM LST Mounte invalid and the actual mode is not changed.
A, TMAS d GUI Value Range: NORMAL(NORMAL),
BTS390 UBUNI Amplifi BYPASS(BYPASS),
0 LTE T er) DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE(DEVICE_DEFAULT_
Same VALUE)
Band Unit: None
Antenna
Sharing Actual Value Range: NORMAL, BYPASS,
Unit DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE
(900Mh Default Value: NORMAL(NORMAL)
z)
RETTY BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Type of the RET antenna
PE 0 BTSRE 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: SINGLE_RET(Single Ret),
T MULTI_RET(Multi Ret)
MOD Unit: None
BTSRE
T Actual Value Range: SINGLE_RET, MULTI_RET
Default Value: None
RETTY BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Type of the RET antenna
PE 0 BTSRE 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: SINGLE_RET(Single Ret),
T MULTI_RET(Multi Ret)
MOD Unit: None
BTSRE
T Actual Value Range: SINGLE_RET, MULTI_RET
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
RETTY BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the antenna type. This parameter
PE 0, RET 210601 ion with can be set to SINGLE_RET or MULTI_RET.
BTS390 MOD MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: SINGLE_RET(SINGLE_RET),
0 RET 210602 (Tower MULTI_RET(MULTI_RET)
WCDM Mounte
A, MOD WRFD- d Unit: None
BTS390 RETTI 060003 Amplifi Actual Value Range: SINGLE_RET, MULTI_RET
0 LTE LT er)
LBFD-0 Default Value: None
LST 01024 / Remote
RET TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
VEND BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Vendor code of the RET antenna.
ORCO 0 BTSRE 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: 1~2 characters
DE T
Unit: None
MOD
BTSRE Actual Value Range: 1~2 characters
T Default Value: None
VEND BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Vendor code of the RET antenna.
ORCO 0 BTSRE 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: 1~2 characters
DE T
Unit: None
MOD

SingleRAN

nd
VEND BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.
ORCO 0, RET 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
DE BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA
0 (Tower Unit: None
RET 060003
WCDM Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~2 characters
A, LST LBFD-0 d
RET Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 01024 / Amplifi
0 LTE TDLBF er)
D-00102 Same
4/ Band
MLBFD Antenna
-120004 Sharing
21 Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
SERIA BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Delivery serial number of the RET antenna
LNO 0 BTSRE GUI Value Range: 1~17 characters
T
Unit: None
MOD
SERIA BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Delivery serial number of the RET antenna
T
Unit: None
MOD

SingleRAN

nd
SERIA BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. The
LNO 0, RET 210601 ion with vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA an ALD.
0 RET 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
WCDM Mounte
A, LST LBFD-0 d Unit: None
BTS390 RET 01024 / Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
0 LTE TDLBF er) Default Value: NULL(empty string)
D-00102 Same
4/ Band
MLBFD Antenna
-120004 Sharing
21 Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
CN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU
0, RETPO where the RET port is located.
BTS390 RT GUI Value Range: 0
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RETPO
A, RT Actual Value Range: 0
BTS390 Default Value: None
0 LTE MOD
RETPO
RT
SRN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU
0, RETPO where the RET port is located.
BTS390 RT GUI Value Range: 60~254
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RETPO
A, RT Actual Value Range: 60~254
0 LTE MOD
RETPO
RT

SingleRAN

nd
SN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU where
0, RETPO the RET port is located.
BTS390 RT GUI Value Range: 0
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RETPO
A, RT Actual Value Range: 0
0 LTE MOD
RETPO
RT
PN BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET port on an
0, RETPO 210601 ion with RRU. This parameter is set to RET_PORT.
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: RET_PORT(RET_PORT)
0 LST 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: None
RETPO WRFD-
A, RT d Actual Value Range: RET_PORT
BTS390 060003 Amplifi
MOD Default Value: None
0 LTE LBFD-0 er)
RETPO
RT 01024 / Remote
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SingleRAN

nd
PWRS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the state of the ALD power supply
WITCH 0, RETPO 210601 ion with switch. If SINGLE_RET(Single-antenna Remote
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET(Multi-antenna
0 LST 210602 (Tower Remote Electrical Tilt Unit) , RAE(Remote eAntenna
WCDM RETPO Mounte Extension), or RVD(Remote Vendor Defined Antenna
A, WRFD- d Line Device) is used, the ALD power supply switch
RT 060003
BTS390 Amplifi must be set to ON. In actual running, the RRU
0 LTE LBFD-0 er) automatically sets this switch to OFF for an RET port
01024 / Remote when the ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
TDLBF Electrica Abnormal alarm is reported due to overcurrent,
D-00102 l Tilt overcurrent protection, or undercurrent protection (the
4/ RRU supports undercurrent protection and Low
Same Current Protect Switch is set to ON for the RRU) on
MLBFD Band
-120004 the RET port. For details, see ALM-26530 RF Module
Antenna ALD Current Abnormal.
21 Sharing
Unit GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)
(900Mh Unit: None
z) Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
Remote Default Value: OFF(OFF)
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
THRES BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the type of the ALD current alarm
HOLD 0, RETPO threshold. The current alarm threshold for the ALDs
TYPE BTS390 RT (excluding user-defined ALDs), that is, for RET
0 LST antennas only (multi-wire cable), must be selected
WCDM RETPO according to the ALD type. The Undercurrent Alarm
A, RT Occur Threshold is 10 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm
BTS390 Clear Threshold is 15 mA, the Overcurrent Alarm
0 LTE Occur Threshold is 150 mA, and the Overcurrent
Alarm Clear Threshold is 120 mA. This parameter can
be set to UER_SELF_DEFINE or
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
GUI Value Range:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED),
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE(RET_ONLY_MULTICO
RE)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE,
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE
Default Value:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED)

SingleRAN

nd
UOTH BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm occur
D 0, RETPO 210601 ion with threshold. When the ALD current value is smaller
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA than this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD
0 LST 210602 (Tower Current Out of Range alarm is reported. The specific
WCDM RETPO Mounte problem is undercurrent.
A, WRFD- d
RT 060003 GUI Value Range: 0~3500
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE er) Unit: mA
LBFD-0
01024 / Remote Actual Value Range: 0~3500
TDLBF Electrica Default Value: 40
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
UCTH BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm clear
D 0, RETPO 210601 ion with threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA this threshold, the ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current
0 LST 210602 (Tower Out of Range alarm is cleared.
WCDM RETPO Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~3500
A, WRFD- d
RT 060003 Unit: mA
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE LBFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: 0~3500
01024 / Remote Default Value: 60
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SingleRAN

nd
OOTH BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm occur
D 0, RETPO 210601 ion with threshold. When the overcurrent alarm occur threshold
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA is lower than the maximum current supported by the
0 LST 210602 (Tower hardware, the overcurrent alarm occur threshold
WCDM RETPO Mounte prevails. When the ALD current value is greater than
A, WRFD- d this threshold, ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out
RT 060003
BTS390 Amplifi of Range is reported and the specific problem is
0 LTE LBFD-0 er) overcurrent.When the overcurrent alarm occur
01024 / Remote threshold is higher than the maximum current
TDLBF Electrica supported by the hardware, the maximum current
D-00102 l Tilt supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
4/ alarm threshold. When the ALD current value is the
Same same as or greater than the maximum current
MLBFD Band
-120004 supported by the hardware, ALM-26530 RF Unit
Antenna ALD Current Out of Range is reported and the
21 Sharing specific problem is overcurrent protection.
Unit
(900Mh GUI Value Range: 0~3500
z) Unit: mA
Remote Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Electrica Default Value: 185
l Tilt
Control
OCTH BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm clear
D 0, RETPO 210601 ion with threshold. When the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
BTS390 RT MRFD- TMA is lower than the maximum current supported by the
0 LST 210602 (Tower hardware, the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
WCDM RETPO Mounte prevails. When the ALD current value is lower than
RT 060003
BTS390 Amplifi of Range is cleared.When the overcurrent alarm clear
0 LTE LBFD-0 er) threshold is higher than the maximum current
01024 / Remote supported by the hardware, the maximum current
TDLBF Electrica supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
D-00102 l Tilt alarm threshold. When the ALD current value is lower
4/ than the maximum current supported by the hardware,
Same ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range is
MLBFD Band
-120004 cleared.
Antenna
21 Sharing GUI Value Range: 0~3500
Unit Unit: mA
(900Mh Actual Value Range: 0~3500
z)
Default Value: 155
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SingleRAN

nd
DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD.
ENO 0, RET 210601 ion with The device number of the ALD must be unique.
BTS390 CLB WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~125
0 ALD 060003 (Tower
A, DLD LBFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 ALDCF 01024 / Amplifi
GDATA Default Value: None
0 LTE TDLBF er)
DLD D-00102 Same
ALDS 4/ Band
W MLBFD Antenna
DSP -120004 Sharing
ALDVE 21 Unit
R (900Mh
DSP z)
RET Remote
LST Electrica
RET l Tilt
MOD Control
RET
RMV
RET
RST
ALD

SingleRAN

nd
DEVIC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD,
ENAM 0, RET 210601 ion with which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
E BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA set the device name in the following format:
0 RET 060003 (Tower sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
WCDM Mounte parts are as follows: Sector: indicates the number of
A, DSP LBFD-0 d the sector. Device type: indicates the type of currently
BTS390 ALDVE 01024 / Amplifi connected device. It can be SINGLE_RET (Single-
0 LTE R TDLBF er) antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET
DSP D-00102 Same (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA
RAEDE 4/ Band (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band
VICED MLBFD Antenna Antenna Sharing Unit), RAE (Remote eAntenna
ATA -120004 Sharing Extension), RVD(Remote Vendor Defined Antenna
21 Unit Line Device), or RAS(Remote Azimuth Steering
DSP Unit). Network type: indicates whether the current
RAEFU (900Mh
z) ALD is used for a 2G network or 3G/LTE network.
NCTIO The device name is optional, but the device name
N Remote configured for each ALD must be unique.
DSP Electrica GUI Value Range: 0~83 characters
RAESU l Tilt
BUNIT Control Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~83 characters
DSP
RASDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
VICED
ATA
DSP
RASSU
BUNIT
DSP
RET
DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
DSP
RVDDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RVDSU
BUNIT
DSP
TMAD

SingleRAN

nd
EVICE
DATA
DSP
TMAS
UBUNI
T
LST
RET
CTRLC BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
N 0, RET 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~62
0 ALDCF 060003 (Tower
GDATA
A, LBFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 0~62
BTS390 DLD 01024 / Amplifi
ALDS Default Value: 0
0 LTE TDLBF er)
W D-00102 Same
DLD 4/ Band
RETCF MLBFD Antenna
GDATA -120004 Sharing
DSP 21 Unit
ALDVE (900Mh
R z)
MOD Remote
RET Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control
SCN
ALD
DSP
RET
LST
RET

SingleRAN

nd
CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN 0, RET 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
BTS390 DLD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
GDATA
A, LBFD-0 d Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
ALDS Default Value: None
0 LTE TDLBF er)
W D-00102 Same
DLD 4/ Band
RETCF MLBFD Antenna
DSP 21 Unit
ALDVE (900Mh
R z)
MOD Remote
RET Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control
SCN
ALD
DSP
RET
LST
RET

SingleRAN

nd
CTRLS BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N 0, RET 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
GDATA
0 LTE TDLBF er)
W D-00102 Same
DLD 4/ Band
RETCF MLBFD Antenna
DSP 21 Unit
ALDVE (900Mh
R z)
MOD Remote
RET Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control
SCN
ALD
DSP
RET
LST
RET

SingleRAN

nd
SUBUN BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of configured RET
ITNUM 0, RET 210601 ion with subunits.
BTS390 MOD MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 RET 210602 (Tower
A, LST WRFD- d Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 RET 060003 Amplifi Default Value: 1
0 LTE LBFD-0 er)
01024 / Remote
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
POLAR BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the polarization type of the
TYPE 0, RET 210601 ion with antenna. This parameter can be set to SINGLE or
BTS390 MOD MRFD- TMA DUAL.
0 RET 210602 (Tower GUI Value Range: SINGLE(SINGLE),
WCDM Mounte DUAL(DUAL)
A, LST WRFD- d
BTS390 RET 060003 Amplifi Unit: None
0 LTE LBFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: SINGLE, DUAL
01024 / Remote Default Value: DUAL(DUAL)
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SingleRAN

nd
DEVIC BTS390 CLB LBFD-0 Remote Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RET.
ENO 0, RET 01024 / Electrica GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 DLD TDLBF l Tilt
0 D-00102 Control Unit: None
RETCF
WCDM GDATA 4/ Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, MLBFD Default Value: None
BTS390 DSP -120004
0 LTE RETSU 21
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETTI
LT
DEVIC BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Number of the RET antenna.
ENO 0 BTSRE GUI Value Range: 0~35
TSUBU
NIT Unit: None
MOD Actual Value Range: 0~35

BTSRE Default Value: None
TTILT
TSUBU
NIT Unit: None
MOD Actual Value Range: 0~35

BTSRE Default Value: None
TTILT

SingleRAN

nd
SUBUN BTS390 CLB LBFD-0 Remote Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET subunit,
ITNO 0, RET 01024 / Electrica which starts from 1.
BTS390 DLD TDLBF l Tilt GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 RETCF D-00102 Control
WCDM 4/ Unit: None
GDATA
A, MLBFD Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 DSP -120004
RETSU Default Value: None
0 LTE 21
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT
MOD
RETSU
BUNIT
SUBUN BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Number of the RET antenna subunit.
ITNO 0 BTSRE GUI Value Range: 1~8
TSUBU
NIT Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~8
Default Value: None
TSUBU
NIT Unit: None
Default Value: None
CONN BTS390 MOD LBFD-0 Remote Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
CN1 0, RETSU 01024 / Electrica RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT TDLBF l Tilt GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
0 LST D-00102 Control
WCDM 4/ Unit: None
RETSU
A, BUNIT MLBFD Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
BTS390 -120004 Default Value: 255
0 LTE 21
CONN BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Number of the cabinet that holds the board
CN1 0 BTSRE connected to antenna port 1.
TSUBU GUI Value Range: 0~62
NIT
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
NIT
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
CONNS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN1 0, RETSU 210601 ion with RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
0 LST 210602 (Tower
RETSU WRFD-
A, BUNIT d Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
BTS390 060003 Amplifi Default Value: 255
0 LTE LBFD-0 er)
01024 / Remote
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
CONNS BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Number of the subrack that holds the board
RN1 0 BTSRE connected to antenna port 1.
NIT
Unit: None
Default Value: None
NIT
Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
CONNS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N1 0, RETSU 210601 ion with RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
0 LST 210602 (Tower
RETSU WRFD-
A, BUNIT d Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
BTS390 060003 Amplifi Default Value: 255
0 LTE LBFD-0 er)
01024 / Remote
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
CONNS BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Number of the slot where the board
N1 0 BTSRE connected to antenna port 1 is installed.
NIT
Unit: None
Default Value: None
NIT
Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
CONNP BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the port number of the RRU or
N1 0, RETSU 210601 ion with RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
0 LST 210602 (Tower R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
WCDM RETSU Mounte R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
A, WRFD- d
BUNIT 060003 Unit: None
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE LBFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
01024 / Remote R0F, R0G, R0H
TDLBF Electrica Default Value: R0A(R0A)
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
CONNP BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Number of the port through which the board
N1 0 BTSRE is connected to antenna port 1. The meanings of its
TSUBU values are as follows: 0: ANT_A; 1: ANT_B; 2:
NIT ANT_C; 3: ANT_D; 4: ANT_E; 5: ANT_F; 6:
ANT_G; 7: ANT_H.
GUI Value Range: 0~7
Unit: None
Default Value: None
ANT_G; 7: ANT_H.
Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
CONN BTS390 MOD LBFD-0 Remote Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
CN2 0, RETSU 01024 / Electrica RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
BTS390 BUNIT TDLBF l Tilt parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
0 LST D-00102 Control used.
WCDM RETSU 4/ GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
A, BUNIT MLBFD
BTS390 -120004 Unit: None
0 LTE 21 Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
Default Value: 255
NIT
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
NIT
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
RN2 0, RETSU 210601 ion with RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
0 LST 210602 (Tower used.
WCDM RETSU Mounte GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
A, WRFD- d
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE LBFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
NIT
Unit: None
Default Value: None
NIT
Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
N2 0, RETSU 210601 ion with RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
0 LST 210602 (Tower used.
WCDM RETSU Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
A, WRFD- d
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE LBFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
NIT
Unit: None
Default Value: None
NIT
Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
CONNP BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the port number of RRU or RFU
N2 0, RETSU 210601 ion with that is connected to antenna port 2. This parameter is
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA valid when a dual-polarized antenna is used.
0 LST 210602 (Tower GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
WCDM RETSU Mounte R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
A, WRFD- d
BUNIT 060003 R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
BTS390 Amplifi
0 LTE er) Unit: None
LBFD-0
01024 / Remote Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
TDLBF Electrica R0F, R0G, R0H
D-00102 l Tilt Default Value: R0B(R0B)
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
ANT_G; 7: ANT_H.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
ANT_G; 7: ANT_H.
Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
TILT BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the antenna tilt of the RET
0, RETSU 210601 ion with subunit. If this parameter is set to 32767, it is invalid
BTS390 BUNIT MRFD- TMA and the actual tilt is not changed.
0 MOD 210602 (Tower GUI Value Range: -300~300,32767
WCDM RETTI Mounte
A, WRFD- d Unit: 0.1degree
LT 060003
BTS390 Amplifi Actual Value Range: -30~30,3276.7, step:0.1
0 LTE LST er)
RETSU LBFD-0 Default Value: 32767
BUNIT 01024 / Remote
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
TILT BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Antenna tilt angle configured for the RET
0 BTSRE subunits. The value "32767" is an invalid value,
TSUBU indicating that the tilt angle of the current antenna
NIT remains unchanged.
MOD GUI Value Range: -100~300;32767
BTSRE Unit: 0.1degree
TTILT
Actual Value Range: -10~30, 3276.7
Default Value: 32767
TILT BSC691 MOD None None Meaning: Antenna tilt angle configured for the RET
0 BTSRE subunits. The value "32767" is an invalid value,
TSUBU indicating that the tilt angle of the current antenna
NIT remains unchanged.
MOD GUI Value Range: -100~300;32767
BTSRE Unit: 0.1degree
TTILT
Actual Value Range: -10~30, 3276.7
Default Value: 32767

SingleRAN

nd
DEVIC BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RET.
ENO 0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA
0 ATA (Tower Unit: None
210602
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Default Value: None
BTS390 VICED Amplifi
0 LTE ATA LBFD-0 er)
MOD 01024 / Remote
RETDE TDLBF Electrica
VICED D-00102 l Tilt
ATA 4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
A Actual Value Range: 0~35
Default Value: None
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
SUBUN BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET subunit,
ITNO 0, RETDE 210601 ion with which starts from 1.
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
LST WRFD-
A, RETDE d Actual Value Range: 1~8
VICED Default Value: None
MOD 01024 / Remote
ATA 4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
MODE BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the model of the RET antenna
LNO 0, RETDE 210601 ion with module.
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
DSP WRFD-
A, RETDE d Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
LST 01024 / Remote
ATA 4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
MODE BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Model of the RET antenna.
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
A Actual Value Range: 1~15 characters
Default Value: None
MODE BSC691 MOD None None Meaning: Model of the RET antenna.
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
SERIA BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the RET
LNO 0, RETDE 210601 ion with antenna module.
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
DSP WRFD-
LST 01024 / Remote
ATA 4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
SERIA BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Delivery serial number of the RET antenna
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None
SERIA BSC691 MOD None None Meaning: Delivery serial number of the RET antenna
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
BAND1 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA 210602 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Mounte Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 VICED Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE ATA LBFD-0 er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
01024 / Remote Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
TDLBF Electrica Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
D-00102 l Tilt Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
4/ Same Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
MLBFD Band Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
-120004 Antenna Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
21 Sharing Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit Unit: None
(900Mh Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band1, Band2,
z) Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Remote Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
Electrica Band18, Band19, Band20, Band21, Band22, Band23,
l Tilt Band24, Band25, Band26, Band27, Band28, Band29,
Control Band33, Band34, Band35, Band36, Band37, Band38,
Band39, Band40, Band41, Band42, Band43, Band44
Default Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)
BAND1 BSC690 MOD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Supported frequency band 1.

0 BTSRE 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: UNUSED(Unused),
TDEVI Band800(800MHz), Band850(850MHz),
CEDAT Band900(900MHz), Band1500(1500MHz),
A Band1800(1800MHz), Band1900(1900MHz),
Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNUSED, Band800, Band850,
Band900, Band1500, Band1800, Band1900,
Band2100, Band2600
Default Value: UNUSED(Unused)

SingleRAN

nd

Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Band2100, Band2600
BEAM BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.
WIDTH 0, RETDE 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
1 BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA 210602 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST Mounte GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Unit: degree
0 LTE ATA LBFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
BEAM BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Lobe width of frequency band 1.
WIDTH 0 BTSRE GUI Value Range: 0~359
1 TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
1 TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0
GAIN1 BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1.
0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
0 ATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
210602
WCDM LST Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 Default Value: 0
01024 / Remote
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
GAIN1 BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Gain of frequency band 1.

0 BTSRE GUI Value Range: 0~255
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
A Actual Value Range: 0~25.5
Default Value: 0

TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
A, WRFD- d
Unit Unit: None

Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Band2100, Band2600

SingleRAN

nd

Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Band2100, Band2600
A, WRFD- d
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
2 TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
2 TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0
210602
A, WRFD- d
01024 / Remote
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 0

TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
A, WRFD- d
Unit Unit: None

Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Band2100, Band2600

SingleRAN

nd

Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Band2100, Band2600
A, WRFD- d
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
3 TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
3 TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0
210602
A, WRFD- d
01024 / Remote
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 0

TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
A, WRFD- d
Unit Unit: None

Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Band2100, Band2600

SingleRAN

nd

Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Band2100, Band2600
A, WRFD- d
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
4 TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
4 TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0
210602
A, WRFD- d
01024 / Remote
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 0

TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
DATE BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is
0, RETDE 210601 ion with installed.
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
DSP WRFD-
LST 01024 / Remote
ATA 4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
DATE BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Date for installing devices
0 BTSRE GUI Value Range: 1~6 characters
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
INSTA BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation
LLERI 0, RETDE 210601 ion with technician who installed the antenna.
D BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
DSP WRFD-
LST 01024 / Remote
ATA 4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
INSTA BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Installer ID.

LLERI 0 BTSRE GUI Value Range: 1~5 characters
D TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

LLERI 0 BTSRE GUI Value Range: 1~5 characters
D TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
BSID BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the base station ID. AISG1.1-
0, RETDE 210601 ion with based RET antennas support a maximum length of 12
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA characters for the base station ID. If the input base
0 ATA 210602 (Tower station ID has more than 12 characters, only the first
WCDM DSP Mounte 12 characters are saved on the RET antenna.
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
ATA LBFD-0
01024 / Remote Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
LST
RETDE TDLBF Electrica Default Value: NULL(empty string)
ATA 4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
BSID BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Customized base station ID.
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
SECTO BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the AISG sector ID. AISG1.1-
RID 0, RETDE 210601 ion with based RET antennas support a maximum sector ID
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA length of 4 characters. If the input sector ID has more
0 ATA 210602 (Tower than 4 characters, only the first 4 characters are saved
WCDM DSP Mounte on the RET antenna.
A, WRFD- d
RETDE 060003 GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
ATA LBFD-0
01024 / Remote Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
LST
RETDE TDLBF Electrica Default Value: NULL(empty string)
ATA 4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
SECTO BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Sector ID.

RID 0 BTSRE GUI Value Range: 1~32 characters
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

RID 0 BTSRE GUI Value Range: 1~32 characters
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
BEARI BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.
NG 0, RETDE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~359
0 ATA (Tower Unit: degree
210602
WCDM DSP Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~359
A, WRFD- d
LST 01024 / Remote
ATA 4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
BEARI BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Horizontal azimuth angle of the RET
NG 0 BTSRE antenna. This parameter determines the coverage
TDEVI direction of a cell.
CEDAT GUI Value Range: 0~3599
A
Unit: 0.1degree
Actual Value Range: 0~359.9
Default Value: 0
BEARI BSC691 MOD None None Meaning: Horizontal azimuth angle of the RET
NG 0 BTSRE antenna. This parameter determines the coverage
TDEVI direction of a cell.
CEDAT GUI Value Range: 0~3599
A
Unit: 0.1degree
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
TILT BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of the
0, RETDE 210601 ion with installation.
BTS390 VICED MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: -100~300
0 ATA 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: 0.1degree
DSP WRFD-
A, RETDE d Actual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1
VICED Default Value: 0
LST 01024 / Remote
ATA 4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
TILT BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Installed Mechanical Tilt[0.1degree].

0 BTSRE GUI Value Range: -100~300
TDEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1degree
A Actual Value Range: -10~30
Default Value: 0

0 BTSRE GUI Value Range: -100~300
TDEVI
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
CN BTS390 CFM None None Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
0, TMAC RFU where the antenna port is located.
BTS390 ONNE GUI Value Range: 0~62
0 CTION
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, ANTEN Actual Value Range: 0~62
BTS390 NAPOR Default Value: None
0 LTE T
LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
SRN BTS390 CFM None None Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
BTS390 ONNE GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254
0 CTION
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, ANTEN Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~254
0 LTE T
LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T

SingleRAN

nd
SN BTS390 CFM None None Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
BTS390 ONNE GUI Value Range: 0~8
0 CTION
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, ANTEN Actual Value Range: 0~8
0 LTE T
LST
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
MOD
ANTEN
NAPOR
T
PN BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning:

0, ANTEN 210601 ion with Indicates the number of the antenna port on the RRU
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA or RFU.For the RRU that works in TDD mode and
0 T 210602 (Tower has eight channels to be connected to the antenna, the
WCDM LST Mounte service channels are ANT1 to ANT8 and the
A, WRFD- d
ANTEN 060003 corresponding ports on the antenna are R0A to R0H.
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi
0 LTE T LBFD-0 er) For the RRU that works in TDD mode and does not
01024 / Remote have eight channels or the RRU that works in FDD
MOD mode, the service channels are named from ANT0 and
ANTEN TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt the corresponding port on the antenna is R0A.
NAPOR
T 4/ Same GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
MLBFD Band R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
CFM -120004 R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
TMAC Antenna
21 Sharing Unit: None
ONNE
CTION Unit Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
(900Mh R0F, R0G, R0H
z)
Default Value: None
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SingleRAN

nd
PWRS BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the state of the ALD power supply
WITCH 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with switch. The ALD power supply switches for the
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA SINGLE_RET (Single-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt
0 T 210602 (Tower Unit), MULTI_RET (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical
WCDM LST Mounte Tilt Unit), STMA (Smart Tower-mounted Amplifier),
A, WRFD- d SASU (Same-band Antenna Sharing Unit), RAE
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi (Remote eAntenna Extension), RVD (Remote Vendor
0 LTE T LBFD-0 er) Defined Antenna Line Device), or RAS(Remote
01024 / Remote Azimuth Steering Unit) must be set to ON. In actual
TDLBF Electrica running, the RRU/RFU automatically sets this switch
D-00102 l Tilt to OFF for an Antenna port when the ALM-26530 RF
4/ Module ALD Current Abnormal alarm is reported due
Same to overcurrent, overcurrent protection, or undercurrent
MLBFD Band
-120004 protection (the RRU/RFU supports undercurrent
Antenna protection and Low Current Protect Switch is set to
21 Sharing ON for the RRU/RFU) on the Antenna port. For
Unit details, see ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current
(900Mh Abnormal.
z)
GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)
Remote Unit: None
Electrica
l Tilt Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
Control Default Value: OFF(OFF)
FEEDE BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the length of the feeder at the
RLENG 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with antenna port.
TH BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~1000(metric system);
0 T 210602 (Tower 0~3281(imperial system)
WCDM LST Mounte
A, WRFD- d Unit: m(metric system);ft(imperial system)
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~1000(metric system);
0 LTE T LBFD-0 er) 0~3281(imperial system)
01024 / Remote Default Value: 0(metric system);0(imperial system)
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SingleRAN

nd
DLDEL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the downlink delay of the antenna,
AY 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with that is, the propagation delay from the output port of
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA an RF unit to the antenna port. If no TMA is
0 T 210602 (Tower configured, this parameter is set to the propagation
WCDM LST Mounte delay of the feeder. In typical scenarios, the
A, WRFD- d transmission speed of signals in feeders is 0.88 times
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi the speed of light, and therefore the propagation delay
0 LTE T LBFD-0 er) of feeders can be calculated using the following
01024 / Remote formula: (feeder length x 10 x 100)/(3 x 88). In this
TDLBF Electrica formula, the propagation delay of feeders is in units of
D-00102 l Tilt ns and the feeder length is in units of m. If the TMA is
4/ configured, the value of this parameter also includes
Same the delay of the TMA. For details about the delay of
MLBFD Band
-120004 the TMA, see the document provided by the TMA
Antenna manufacturer.
21 Sharing
Unit GUI Value Range: 0~100000
(900Mh Unit: ns
z) Actual Value Range: 0~100000
Remote Default Value: 100
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
ULDEL BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the uplink delay of the antenna,
AY 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with that is, the propagation delay from the antenna port to
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA the input port of an RF unit. If no TMA is configured,
0 T 210602 (Tower this parameter is set to the propagation delay of the
WCDM LST Mounte feeder. In typical scenarios, the transmission speed of
A, WRFD- d signals in feeders is 0.88 times the speed of light, and
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi therefore the propagation delay of feeders can be
0 LTE T LBFD-0 er) calculated using the following formula: (feeder length
01024 / Remote x 10 x 100)/(3 x 88). In this formula, the propagation
TDLBF Electrica delay of feeders is in units of ns and the feeder length
D-00102 l Tilt is in units of m. If the TMA is configured, the value of
4/ this parameter also includes the delay of the TMA.
Same For details about the delay of the TMA, see the
MLBFD Band
-120004 document provided by the TMA manufacturer.
Antenna
Unit Unit: ns
z)
Default Value: 100
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SingleRAN

nd
THRES BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the type of the ALD current alarm
HOLD 0, ANTEN threshold. The current alarm thresholds for ALDs
TYPE BTS390 NAPOR (excluding user-defined ALDs) must be selected
0 T according to the ALD type and connection mode. For
WCDM LST 12 dB non-AISG TMAs only: the Undercurrent Alarm
A, ANTEN Occur Threshold is 30 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm
BTS390 NAPOR Clear Threshold is 40 mA, the Overcurrent Occur
0 LTE T Alarm Threshold is 170 mA, and the Overcurrent
Alarm Clear Threshold is 150 mA. For 24 dB non-
AISG TMAs only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur
Threshold is 40 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 60 mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm
Threshold is 310 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold is 280 mA. For RET (coaxial) only:
the Undercurrent Alarm Occur Threshold is 25 mA,
the Undercurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 33 mA,
the Overcurrent Occur Alarm Threshold is 150 mA,
and the Overcurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 120
mA. For 12 dB TMA and RET or 12 dB TMA (AISG)
only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur Threshold is 30
mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 40
mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm Threshold is 450
mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is
400 mA. For 24 dB TMA and RET or 24 dB TMA
(AISG) only: the Undercurrent Alarm Occur
Threshold is 40 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm Clear
Threshold is 60 mA, the Overcurrent Occur Alarm
Threshold is 850 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm
Clear Threshold is 750 mA. This parameter can be set
to UER_SELF_DEFINE,
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL, TMA12DB_AISG, or
TMA24DB_AISG.
GUI Value Range:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED),
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(TMA12DB_ONLY_
NON_AISG),
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(TMA24DB_ONLY_
NON_AISG),
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL(RET_ONLY_COAXIAL),
TMA12DB_AISG(TMA12DB_AISG),
TMA24DB_AISG(TMA24DB_AISG)
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL, TMA12DB_AISG,
TMA24DB_AISG
Default Value:
UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED)
UOTH BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm occur
D 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with threshold. When the ALD current value is smaller
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA than this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD
0 T 210602 (Tower Current Out of Range alarm is reported. The specific
WCDM LST Mounte problem is undercurrent.
A, WRFD- d
ANTEN 060003 GUI Value Range: 0~3500
0 LTE er) Unit: mA
T LBFD-0
01024 / Remote Actual Value Range: 0~3500
TDLBF Electrica Default Value: 40
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SingleRAN

nd
UCTH BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm clear
D 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA this threshold, the ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current
0 T 210602 (Tower Out of Range alarm is cleared.
A, WRFD- d
ANTEN 060003 Unit: mA
0 LTE T LBFD-0 er) Actual Value Range: 0~3500
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
OOTH BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm occur
D 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with threshold. When the ALD current value is greater than
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA this threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current
0 T 210602 (Tower Out of Range alarm is reported. The specific problem
WCDM LST Mounte is overcurrent. When the overcurrent alarm occur
A, WRFD- d threshold is lower than the maximum current
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi supported by the hardware, the overcurrent alarm
0 LTE T LBFD-0 er) occur threshold prevails. When the overcurrent alarm
01024 / Remote occur threshold is higher than the maximum current
TDLBF Electrica supported by the hardware, the maximum current
D-00102 l Tilt supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
4/ alarm occur threshold.
Same
MLBFD Band GUI Value Range: 0~3500
-120004 Antenna Unit: mA
21 Sharing Actual Value Range: 0~3500
Unit
(900Mh Default Value: 185
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SingleRAN

nd
OCTH BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm clear
D 0, ANTEN 210601 ion with threshold. When the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
BTS390 NAPOR MRFD- TMA is lower than the maximum current supported by the
0 T 210602 (Tower hardware, the overcurrent alarm clear threshold
WCDM LST Mounte prevails. When the ALD current value is lower than
ANTEN 060003
BTS390 NAPOR Amplifi of Range is cleared. When the overcurrent alarm clear
0 LTE T LBFD-0 er) threshold is higher than the maximum current
01024 / Remote supported by the hardware, the maximum current
TDLBF Electrica supported by the hardware serves as the overcurrent
D-00102 l Tilt alarm clear threshold. When the ALD current value is
4/ lower than the maximum current supported by the
Same hardware, ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of
MLBFD Band
-120004 Range is cleared.
Antenna
Unit Unit: mA
z)
Default Value: 155
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SingleRAN

nd
ENO 0, TMA 210601 ion with The device number of the ALD must be unique.
0 ALD 060003 (Tower
0 LTE TDLBF er)
DLD D-00102 Same
ALDS 4/ Band
W MLBFD Antenna
DSP -120004 Sharing
ALDVE 21 Unit
R (900Mh
DSP z)
TMA Remote
LST Electrica
TMA l Tilt
MOD Control
TMA
RMV
TMA
RST
ALD

SingleRAN

nd
ENAM 0, TMA 210601 ion with which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
0 TMA 060003 (Tower sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
RAEFU (900Mh
RAESU l Tilt
DSP
VICED
ATA
DSP
RASSU
BUNIT
DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
DSP
RVDDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RVDSU
BUNIT
DSP
TMA
DSP
TMAD

SingleRAN

nd
EVICE
DATA
DSP
TMAS
UBUNI
T
LST
TMA
N 0, TMA 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
GDATA
0 LTE TDLBF er)
W D-00102 Same
DLD 4/ Band
RETCF MLBFD Antenna
DSP 21 Unit
ALDVE (900Mh
R z)
MOD Remote
TMA Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control
SCN
ALD
DSP
TMA
LST
TMA

SingleRAN

nd
RN 0, TMA 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
GDATA
0 LTE TDLBF er)
W D-00102 Same
DLD 4/ Band
RETCF MLBFD Antenna
DSP 21 Unit
ALDVE (900Mh
R z)
MOD Remote
TMA Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control
SCN
ALD
DSP
TMA
LST
TMA

SingleRAN

nd
N 0, TMA 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
GDATA
0 LTE TDLBF er)
W D-00102 Same
DLD 4/ Band
RETCF MLBFD Antenna
DSP 21 Unit
ALDVE (900Mh
R z)
MOD Remote
TMA Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control
SCN
ALD
DSP
TMA
LST
TMA
SUBUN BTS390 ADD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of configured TMA
ITNUM 0, TMA 210601 ion with subunits.
BTS390 MOD WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 TMA 060003 (Tower
A, LST d Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 TMA Amplifi Default Value: None
0 LTE er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SingleRAN

nd
ORCO 0, TMA 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
0 (Tower Unit: None
TMA 060003
A, LST LBFD-0 d
TMA Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE TDLBF er)
D-00102 Same
4/ Band
MLBFD Antenna
-120004 Sharing
21 Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
LNO 0, TMA 210601 ion with vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
0 TMA 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
WCDM Mounte
BTS390 TMA 01024 / Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
D-00102 Same
4/ Band
MLBFD Antenna
-120004 Sharing
21 Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SingleRAN

nd
DEVIC BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the TMA.
ENO 0, TMAS 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 UBUNI WRFD- TMA
0 T (Tower Unit: None
060003
A, TMAS d Default Value: None
BTS390 UBUNI Amplifi
0 LTE T er)
MOD Same
TMAS Band
UBUNI Antenna
T Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
DEVIC BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Number of the antenna device.
ENO 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 0~35
ASUBU
NIT Unit: None
Default Value: None
ASUBU
NIT Unit: None
Default Value: None
SUBUN BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the TMA subunit,
ITNO 0, TMAS 210601 ion with which starts from 1.
BTS390 UBUNI WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 T 060003 (Tower
LST
A, TMAS d Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 UBUNI Amplifi Default Value: None
0 LTE T er)
MOD Same
TMAS Band
UBUNI Antenna
T Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SingleRAN

nd
SUBUN BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Number of the subunit.

ITNO 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 1~8
ASUBU
NIT Unit: None
Default Value: None

ASUBU
NIT Unit: None
Default Value: None
CONN BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
CN 0, TMAS 210601 ion with RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
BTS390 UBUNI WRFD- TMA subunit is connected.
0 T 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
WCDM LST Mounte
A, d Unit: None
TMAS
BTS390 UBUNI Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
0 LTE T er) Default Value: 255
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
CONN BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Number of the cabinet where the board
CN 0 BTSTM connected to the physical port on the antenna is
ASUBU located.
NIT GUI Value Range: 0~62
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
CONN BSC691 MOD None None Meaning: Number of the cabinet where the board
CN 0 BTSTM connected to the physical port on the antenna is
ASUBU located.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
RN 0, TMAS 210601 ion with RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
0 T 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
WCDM LST Mounte
A, d Unit: None
TMAS
BTS390 UBUNI Amplifi Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
CONNS BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Number of the subrack where the board
RN 0 BTSTM connected to the physical port on the antenna is
ASUBU located.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
CONNS BSC691 MOD None None Meaning: Number of the subrack where the board
RN 0 BTSTM connected to the physical port on the antenna is
ASUBU located.
Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
N 0, TMAS 210601 ion with RFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMA
0 T 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
WCDM LST Mounte
A, d Unit: None
TMAS
BTS390 UBUNI Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
N 0 BTSTM connected to the physical port on the antenna is
ASUBU located.For SingleRAN BTSs, the valid value ranges
NIT from 0 to 8. For non-SingleRAN BTSs, the valid
value ranges from 0 to 23.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
N 0 BTSTM connected to the physical port on the antenna is
ASUBU located.For SingleRAN BTSs, the valid value ranges
NIT from 0 to 8. For non-SingleRAN BTSs, the valid
value ranges from 0 to 23.
Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
CONNP BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the antenna port to
N 0, TMAS 210601 ion with which the TMA subunit is connected.
BTS390 UBUNI WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
0 T 060003 (Tower R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
WCDM LST Mounte R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
A, TMAS d
BTS390 Amplifi Unit: None
UBUNI
0 LTE T er) Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
Same R0F, R0G, R0H
Band Default Value: R0A(R0A)
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
N 0 BTSTM is connected to the physical port on the antenna.The
ASUBU meanings of its values are as follows: 0: ANT_A; 1:
NIT ANT_B; 2: ANT_C; 3: ANT_D; 4: ANT_E; 5:
ANT_F; 6: ANT_G; 7: ANT_H. A maximum of six
TMAs can be configured on a feeder tributary over a
control port.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
N 0 BTSTM is connected to the physical port on the antenna.The
ASUBU meanings of its values are as follows: 0: ANT_A; 1:
NIT ANT_B; 2: ANT_C; 3: ANT_D; 4: ANT_E; 5:
ANT_F; 6: ANT_G; 7: ANT_H. A maximum of six
TMAs can be configured on a feeder tributary over a
control port.
Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
GAIN BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the gain of the TMA subunit. If
0, TMAS 210601 ion with this parameter is set to 255, it is invalid and the actual
BTS390 UBUNI WRFD- TMA gain is not changed.
0 T 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~255
WCDM LST Mounte
A, d Unit: 0.25dB
TMAS
BTS390 UBUNI Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~63.75, step:0.25
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
GAIN BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: TMA Sub Unit Gain.
0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 0~255
ASUBU
NIT Unit: 0.25dB
Default Value: 0
GAIN BSC691 MOD None None Meaning: TMA Sub Unit Gain.
ASUBU
NIT Unit: 0.25dB
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
RXNO BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the RX channel of
0, RXBRA 210601 ion with the RRU or RFU.
BTS390 NCH MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~63
0 LST 210602 (Tower
RXBRA WRFD-
A, NCH d Actual Value Range: 0~63
MOD Default Value: None
0 LTE LBFD-0 er)
RXBRA
NCH 01024 / Remote
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
RXSW BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the logical switch of the RX
0, RXBRA 210601 ion with channel of the RRU or RFU, which can be set to ON
BTS390 NCH MRFD- TMA or OFF. ON indicates that the logical switch of the RX
0 DSP 210602 (Tower channel is set to on and OFF indicates that the logical
WCDM RXBRA Mounte switch of the RX channel is set to off. This parameter
A, WRFD- d is set to ON by default. The switch can be set by
NCH 060003
BTS390 Amplifi running the MOD RXBRANCH command.
0 LTE LST er)
RXBRA LBFD-0 GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)
NCH 01024 / Remote Unit: None
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
4/ Same Default Value: ON(ON)
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SingleRAN

nd
ATTEN BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the attenuation of the RX channel
0, RXBRA 210601 ion with of the RRU or RFU.
BTS390 NCH MRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~60
0 DSP 210602 (Tower
WCDM Mounte Unit: 0.5dB
RXBRA WRFD-
A, NCH d Actual Value Range: 0~30, step:0.5
LST Default Value: 0
0 LTE LBFD-0 er)
RXBRA
NCH 01024 / Remote
TDLBF Electrica
D-00102 l Tilt
4/ Same
MLBFD Band
-120004 Antenna
21 Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
DEVIC BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the device number of the TMA.
ENO 0, TMAD 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 EVICE WRFD- TMA
0 DATA (Tower Unit: None
060003
A, TMAD d Default Value: None
BTS390 EVICE Amplifi
0 LTE DATA er)
MOD Same
TMAD Band
EVICE Antenna
DATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SingleRAN

nd
SUBUN BTS390 DSP MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the number of the TMA subunit,
ITNO 0, TMAD 210601 ion with which starts from 1.
BTS390 EVICE WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 DATA 060003 (Tower
LST
A, TMAD d Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 EVICE Amplifi Default Value: None
0 LTE DATA er)
MOD Same
TMAD Band
EVICE Antenna
DATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
MODE BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the model of the RET antenna
LNO 0, TMAD 210601 ion with connected to the TMA.
BTS390 EVICE WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters
DSP
A, TMAD d Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
BTS390 EVICE Amplifi Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE DATA er)
LST Same
TMAD Band
EVICE Antenna
DATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
SERIA BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD.
LNO 0, TMAD 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~17 characters
0 DATA (Tower Unit: None
060003
WCDM DSP Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~17 characters
A, TMAD d Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE DATA er)
LST Same
TMAD Band
EVICE Antenna
DATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SingleRAN

nd
0, TMAD 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 EVICE WRFD- TMA Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 DATA 060003 (Tower Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
A, TMAD d Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
BTS390 EVICE Amplifi Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
0 LTE DATA er) Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
Same Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
Band Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
Antenna Band27(Band27), Band28(Band28), Band29(Band29),
Sharing Band33(Band33), Band34(Band34), Band35(Band35),
Unit Band36(Band36), Band37(Band37), Band38(Band38),
(900Mh Band39(Band39), Band40(Band40), Band41(Band41),
z) Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit: None
Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9,
Band10, Band11, Band12, Band13, Band14, Band17,
WIDTH 0, TMAD 210601 ion with Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
1 BTS390 EVICE WRFD- TMA antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 DATA 060003 (Tower measure the antenna pattern.
A, TMAD d
BTS390 Amplifi Unit: degree
EVICE
0 LTE DATA er) Actual Value Range: 0~359
Same Default Value: 0
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SingleRAN

nd
0, TMAD 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~255
0 DATA (Tower Unit: 0.1dBi
060003
A, TMAD d Default Value: 0
0 LTE DATA er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd
A, TMAD d
EVICE
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
060003
0 LTE DATA er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: None
A, TMAD d
EVICE
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SingleRAN

nd
060003
0 LTE DATA er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd
A, TMAD d
EVICE
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
060003
0 LTE DATA er)
Same
Band
Antenna
Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
DATE BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is
0, TMAD 210601 ion with installed.
BTS390 EVICE WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~6 characters
DSP
0 LTE DATA er)
LST Same
TMAD Band
EVICE Antenna
DATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SingleRAN

nd
INSTA BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation
LLERI 0, TMAD 210601 ion with technician who installed the antenna.
D BTS390 EVICE WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters
DSP
0 LTE DATA er)
LST Same
TMAD Band
EVICE Antenna
DATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
BSID BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the base station ID. AISG1.1-
0, TMAD 210601 ion with based TMA support a maximum base station ID
BTS390 EVICE WRFD- TMA length of 12 characters. If the input base station ID has
0 DATA 060003 (Tower more than 12 characters, only the first 12 characters
WCDM DSP Mounte are saved on the TMA.
A, TMAD d GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
DATA
Same Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
LST
TMAD Band Default Value: NULL(empty string)
EVICE Antenna
DATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
SECTO BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the AISG sector ID. AISG1.1-
RID 0, TMAD 210601 ion with based TMA support a maximum sector ID length of 4
BTS390 EVICE WRFD- TMA characters. If the input sector ID has more than 4
0 DATA 060003 (Tower characters, only the first 4 characters are saved on the
WCDM DSP Mounte TMA.
A, TMAD d GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
DATA
Same Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
LST
TMAD Band Default Value: NULL(empty string)
EVICE Antenna
DATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SingleRAN

nd
BEARI BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.
NG 0, TMAD 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~359
0 DATA (Tower Unit: degree
060003
WCDM DSP Mounte Actual Value Range: 0~359
0 LTE DATA er)
LST Same
TMAD Band
EVICE Antenna
DATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)
TILT BTS390 MOD MRFD- Connect Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of the
0, TMAD 210601 ion with installation.
BTS390 EVICE WRFD- TMA GUI Value Range: -100~300
WCDM Mounte Unit: 0.1degree
DSP
A, TMAD d Actual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1
BTS390 EVICE Amplifi Default Value: 0
0 LTE DATA er)
LST Same
TMAD Band
EVICE Antenna
DATA Sharing
Unit
(900Mh
z)

SingleRAN

nd
SUBNA BTS390 MOD LBFD-0 Remote Meaning: Indicates the name of the RET subunit.The
ME 0, RETSU 01024 / Electrica name of the RET subunit is optional, but the name
BTS390 BUNIT TDLBF l Tilt configured for each RET subunit must be unique.
0 MOD D-00102 Control GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters
WCDM RETTI 4/
A, MLBFD Unit: None
LT
BTS390 -120004 Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
0 LTE DSP 21
RETDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
LST
RETSU
BUNIT
ENO 0, RVD 210601 ion with The device number of the ALD must be unique.
0 ALD 060003 (Tower
0 LTE TDLBF er)
DLD D-00102 Same
ALDS 4/ Band
W MLBFD Antenna
DSP -120004 Sharing
ALDVE 21 Unit
R (900Mh
DSP z)
RVD Remote
LST Electrica
RVD l Tilt
MOD Control
RVD
RMV
RVD
RST
ALD

SingleRAN

nd
ENAM 0, RVD 210601 ion with which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
0 RVD 060003 (Tower sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
RAEFU (900Mh
RAESU l Tilt
DSP
VICED
ATA
DSP
RASSU
BUNIT
DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
DSP
RVD
DSP
RVDDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RVDSU
BUNIT
DSP
TMAD

SingleRAN

nd
EVICE
DATA
DSP
TMAS
UBUNI
T
LST
RVD
N 0, RVD 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
GDATA
0 LTE TDLBF er)
W D-00102 Same
DLD 4/ Band
RETCF MLBFD Antenna
DSP 21 Unit
ALDVE (900Mh
R z)
MOD Remote
RVD Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control
SCN
ALD
DSP
RVD
LST
RVD

SingleRAN

nd
RN 0, RVD 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
GDATA
0 LTE TDLBF er)
W D-00102 Same
DLD 4/ Band
RETCF MLBFD Antenna
DSP 21 Unit
ALDVE (900Mh
R z)
MOD Remote
RVD Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control
SCN
ALD
DSP
RVD
LST
RVD

SingleRAN

nd
N 0, RVD 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
GDATA
0 LTE TDLBF er)
W D-00102 Same
DLD 4/ Band
RETCF MLBFD Antenna
DSP 21 Unit
ALDVE (900Mh
R z)
MOD Remote
RVD Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control
SCN
ALD
DSP
RVD
LST
RVD
SUBUN BTS390 ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the number of configured RVD
ITNUM 0, RVD subunits.
BTS390 MOD GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 RVD
WCDM Unit: None
A, LST Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 RVD
Default Value: 1
0 LTE
SCENA BTS390 ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the connection scenario of the
RIO 0, RVD antenna. This parameter must be set based on the
BTS390 MOD hardware installation. The vendor code and serial
0 RVD number of the device must be correctly configured in
WCDM a non-regular scenario. This parameter can be set to
A, LST REGULAR or DAISY_CHAIN.
BTS390 RVD
GUI Value Range: REGULAR(REGULAR),
0 LTE DAISY_CHAIN(DAISY_CHAIN)
Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
ORCO 0, RVD 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
0 (Tower Unit: None
RVD 060003
A, LST LBFD-0 d
RVD Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE TDLBF er)
D-00102 Same
4/ Band
MLBFD Antenna
-120004 Sharing
21 Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
LNO 0, RVD 210601 ion with vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
0 RVD 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
WCDM Mounte
BTS390 RVD 01024 / Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
D-00102 Same
4/ Band
MLBFD Antenna
-120004 Sharing
21 Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SingleRAN

nd
DEVIC BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RVD.
ENO 0, RVDSU GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 BUNIT
0 Unit: None
LST
WCDM RVDSU Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, BUNIT Default Value: None
BTS390
0 LTE MOD
RVDIN
FO
MOD
RVDSU
BUNIT
SUBUN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the RVD subunit,
ITNO 0, RVDSU which starts from 1.
BTS390 BUNIT GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RVDSU
A, BUNIT Actual Value Range: 1~8
0 LTE MOD
RVDSU
BUNIT
SUBNA BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the name of the RVD subunit.The
ME 0, RVDIN name of the RVD subunit is optional, but the name
BTS390 FO configured for each RVD subunit must be unique.
0 MOD GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters
WCDM RVDSU
A, Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
0 LTE DSP
RVDDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
VICED
ATA
DSP
RVDSU
BUNIT
LST
RVDSU
BUNIT

SingleRAN

nd
CONN BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU or
CN1 0, RVDSU RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RVDSU
A, BUNIT Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
BTS390 Default Value: 255
0 LTE
CONNS BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU or
RN1 0, RVDSU RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RVDSU
A, BUNIT Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
0 LTE
CONNS BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or
N1 0, RVDSU RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
0 LST
WCDM Unit: None
RVDSU
A, BUNIT Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
0 LTE
CONNP BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the port number of the RRU or
N1 0, RVDSU RFU that is connected to antenna port 1.
BTS390 BUNIT GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
0 LST R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
WCDM RVDSU R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
A, BUNIT
BTS390 Unit: None
0 LTE Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
R0F, R0G, R0H
Default Value: R0A(R0A)
CN2 0, RVDSU RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
BTS390 BUNIT parameter is valid when a dual-polarized antenna is
0 LST used.
WCDM RVDSU GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
A, BUNIT
BTS390 Unit: None
0 LTE Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
Default Value: 255

SingleRAN

nd
RN2 0, RVDSU RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
0 LST used.
WCDM RVDSU GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
A, BUNIT
BTS390 Unit: None
0 LTE Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255
Default Value: 255
N2 0, RVDSU RFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This
0 LST used.
WCDM RVDSU GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
A, BUNIT
BTS390 Unit: None
0 LTE Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
Default Value: 255
CONNP BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the port number of RRU or RFU
N2 0, RVDSU that is connected to antenna port 2. This parameter is
BTS390 BUNIT valid when a dual-polarized antenna is used.
0 LST GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B),
WCDM RVDSU R0C(R0C), R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F),
A, BUNIT R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)
BTS390
0 LTE Unit: None
Actual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E,
R0F, R0G, R0H
Default Value: R0B(R0B)
VBEA BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the vertical beamwidth of RVD
MWID 0, RVDIN subunit.
TH BTS390 FO GUI Value Range: 0~3599
0 MOD
WCDM Unit: 0.1degree
RVDSU
A, BUNIT Actual Value Range: 0~359.9, step:0.1
0 LTE LST
RVDSU
BUNIT

SingleRAN

nd
DEVIC BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RVD.
ENO 0, RVDDE GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: None
WCDM LST Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, RVDDE Default Value: None
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE ATA
MOD
RVDDE
VICED
ATA
SUBUN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the RVD subunit,
ITNO 0, RVDDE which starts from 1.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 1~8
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A, RVDDE Actual Value Range: 1~8
BTS390 VICED Default Value: None
0 LTE ATA
MOD
RVDDE
VICED
ATA
MODE BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the model of the RVD antenna
LNO 0, RVDDE module.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~15 characters
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, RVDDE Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
BTS390 VICED Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE ATA
LST
RVDDE
VICED
ATA

SingleRAN

nd
SERIA BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the RVD
LNO 0, RVDDE antenna module.
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
0 LTE ATA
LST
RVDDE
VICED
ATA
BAND1 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.
0, RVDDE GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
BTS390 VICED Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
0 ATA Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
WCDM LST Band7(Band7), Band8(Band8), Band9(Band9),
A, RVDDE Band10(Band10), Band11(Band11), Band12(Band12),
0 LTE ATA Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
Band42(Band42), Band43(Band43), Band44(Band44)
Unit: None
BEAM BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.
WIDTH 0, RVDDE Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
1 BTS390 VICED antenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to
0 ATA measure the antenna pattern.
WCDM LST GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, RVDDE
BTS390 Unit: degree
VICED
0 LTE ATA Actual Value Range: 0~359
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
GAIN1 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1.
0, RVDDE GUI Value Range: 0~255
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: 0.1dBi
WCDM LST Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
A, RVDDE Default Value: 0
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE ATA
Unit: None
WCDM DSP GUI Value Range: 0~359
A, RVDDE
BTS390 Unit: degree
VICED
LST Default Value: 0

RVDDE
VICED
ATA

SingleRAN

nd
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: 0.1dBi
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE ATA
Unit: None
A, RVDDE
BTS390 Unit: degree
VICED
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: 0.1dBi
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE ATA
Unit: None
A, RVDDE
BTS390 Unit: degree
VICED
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: 0.1dBi
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE ATA
DATE BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is
0, RVDDE installed.
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
0 LTE ATA
LST
RVDDE
VICED
ATA
INSTA BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation
LLERI 0, RVDDE technician who installed the antenna.
D BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
0 LTE ATA
LST
RVDDE
VICED
ATA
BSID BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the base station ID. AISG1.1-
0, RVDDE based RVD antennas support a maximum length of 12
BTS390 VICED characters for the base station ID. If the input base
0 ATA station ID has more than 12 characters, only the first
WCDM DSP 12 characters are saved on the RET antenna.
A, RVDDE GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE Unit: None
ATA
LST
VICED
ATA

SingleRAN

nd
SECTO BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the AISG sector ID. AISG1.1-
RID 0, RVDDE based RVD antennas support a maximum sector ID
BTS390 VICED length of 4 characters. If the input sector ID has more
0 ATA than 4 characters, only the first 4 characters are saved
WCDM DSP on the RET antenna.
A, RVDDE GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE Unit: None
ATA
LST
VICED
ATA
BEARI BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.
NG 0, RVDDE GUI Value Range: 0~359
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: degree
WCDM DSP Actual Value Range: 0~359
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE ATA
LST
RVDDE
VICED
ATA
TILT BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of the
0, RVDDE installation.
BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: -100~300
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: 0.1degree
DSP
A, RVDDE Actual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1
BTS390 VICED Default Value: 0
0 LTE ATA
LST
RVDDE
VICED
ATA

SingleRAN

nd
ENO 0, RAE 210601 ion with The device number of the ALD must be unique.
0 ALD 060003 (Tower
0 LTE TDLBF er)
DLD D-00102 Same
ALDS 4/ Band
W MLBFD Antenna
DSP -120004 Sharing
ALDVE 21 Unit
R (900Mh
DSP z)
RAE Remote
LST Electrica
RAE l Tilt
MOD Control
RAE
RMV
RAE
RST
ALD

SingleRAN

nd
ENAM 0, RAE 210601 ion with which identifies the ALD. It is recommended that you
0 RAE 060003 (Tower sector_device type_network type. The meanings of the
RAE 4/ Band (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band
MLBFD Antenna Antenna Sharing Unit), RAE (Remote eAntenna
DSP -120004 Extension), RVD(Remote Vendor Defined Antenna
RAEDE Sharing
VICED Unit). Network type: indicates whether the current
ATA (900Mh
DSP The device name is optional, but the device name
RAEFU Remote configured for each ALD must be unique.
NCTIO Electrica GUI Value Range: 0~83 characters
N l Tilt
Control Unit: None
DSP
RAESU
BUNIT Default Value: NULL(empty string)
DSP
RASDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RASSU
BUNIT
DSP
RETDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RETSU
BUNIT
DSP
RVDDE
VICED
ATA
DSP
RVDSU
BUNIT
DSP
TMAD

SingleRAN

nd
EVICE
DATA
DSP
TMAS
UBUNI
T
LST
RAE
N 0, RAE 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
GDATA
0 LTE TDLBF er)
W D-00102 Same
DLD 4/ Band
RETCF MLBFD Antenna
DSP 21 Unit
ALDVE (900Mh
R z)
MOD Remote
RAE Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control
SCN
ALD
DSP
RAE
LST
RAE

SingleRAN

nd
RN 0, RAE 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
GDATA
0 LTE TDLBF er)
W D-00102 Same
DLD 4/ Band
RETCF MLBFD Antenna
DSP 21 Unit
ALDVE (900Mh
R z)
MOD Remote
RAE Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control
SCN
ALD
DSP
RAE
LST
RAE

SingleRAN

nd
N 0, RAE 210601 ion with RFU that controls the ALD.
GDATA
0 LTE TDLBF er)
W D-00102 Same
DLD 4/ Band
RETCF MLBFD Antenna
DSP 21 Unit
ALDVE (900Mh
R z)
MOD Remote
RAE Electrica
RST l Tilt
ALD Control
SCN
ALD
DSP
RAE
LST
RAE
SUBUN BTS390 ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the number of configured RAE
ITNUM 0, RAE subunits.
BTS390 MOD GUI Value Range: 1~6
0 RAE
WCDM Unit: None
A, LST Actual Value Range: 1~6
BTS390 RAE
Default Value: 1
0 LTE
SCENA BTS390 ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the connection scenario of the
RIO 0, RAE antenna. This parameter must be set based on the
BTS390 MOD hardware installation. The vendor code and serial
0 RAE number of the device must be correctly configured in
WCDM a non-regular scenario. This parameter can be set to
A, LST REGULAR or DAISY_CHAIN.
BTS390 RAE
GUI Value Range: REGULAR(REGULAR),
0 LTE DAISY_CHAIN(DAISY_CHAIN)
Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
ORCO 0, RAE 210601 ion with GUI Value Range: 0~2 characters
0 (Tower Unit: None
RAE 060003
A, LST LBFD-0 d
RAE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
0 LTE TDLBF er)
D-00102 Same
4/ Band
MLBFD Antenna
-120004 Sharing
21 Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control
LNO 0, RAE 210601 ion with vendor code and the serial number uniquely identify
0 RAE 060003 (Tower GUI Value Range: 0~36 characters
WCDM Mounte
BTS390 RAE 01024 / Amplifi Actual Value Range: 0~36 characters
D-00102 Same
4/ Band
MLBFD Antenna
-120004 Sharing
21 Unit
(900Mh
z)
Remote
Electrica
l Tilt
Control

SingleRAN

nd
DEVIC BTS390 DLD None None Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RAE.
ENO 0, RAEFI GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 LE
0 Unit: None
DSP
WCDM RAEFI Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, LE Default Value: None
BTS390
0 LTE DSP
RAEFU
NCTIO
N
DSP
RAESU
BUNIT
DSP
RAEW
EIGHT
LST
RAESU
BUNIT
MOD
RAESU
BUNIT
RST
RAEFI
LE
ULD
RAEFI
LE

SingleRAN

nd
SUBUN BTS390 DLD None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the RAE subunit,
ITNO 0, RAEFI which starts from 1.
BTS390 LE GUI Value Range: 1~6
0 DSP
WCDM Unit: None
RAEFI
A, LE Actual Value Range: 1~6
0 LTE DSP
RAEFU
NCTIO
N
DSP
RAESU
BUNIT
DSP
RAEW
EIGHT
LST
RAESU
BUNIT
MOD
RAESU
BUNIT
RST
RAEFI
LE
ULD
RAEFI
LE

SingleRAN

nd
SUBNA BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the name of the RAE subunit. The
ME 0, RAESU name of the RAE subunit is optional, but the name
BTS390 BUNIT configured for each RAE subunit must be unique.
0 DSP GUI Value Range: 0~49 characters
WCDM RAEDE
A, Unit: None
VICED
BTS390 ATA Actual Value Range: 0~49 characters
0 LTE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
DSP
RAEFI
LE
DSP
RAEFU
NCTIO
N
DSP
RAESU
BUNIT
DSP
RAEW
EIGHT
LST
RAESU
BUNIT
CN 0, RAESU RFU that provides the antenna port to which the RAE
BTS390 BUNIT subunit is connected.
0 LST GUI Value Range: 0~62,255
WCDM RAESU
A, Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Actual Value Range: 0~62,255
0 LTE Default Value: 255
RN 0, RAESU RFU that provides the antenna port to which the RAE
0 LST GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255
WCDM RAESU
A, Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Actual Value Range: 4~5,60~255

SingleRAN

nd
N 0, RAESU RFU that provides the antenna port to which the RAE
0 LST GUI Value Range: 0~8,255
WCDM RAESU
A, Unit: None
BUNIT
BTS390 Actual Value Range: 0~8,255
DEVIC BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RAE.
ENO 0, RAEDE GUI Value Range: 0~125
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: None
WCDM LST Actual Value Range: 0~125
A, RAEDE Default Value: None
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE ATA
MOD
RAEDE
VICED
ATA
SUBUN BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the RAE subunit,
ITNO 0, RAEDE which starts from 1.
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A, RAEDE Actual Value Range: 1~6
BTS390 VICED Default Value: None
0 LTE ATA
MOD
RAEDE
VICED
ATA
MODE BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the model of the RAE antenna
LNO 0, RAEDE module.
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
A, RAEDE Actual Value Range: 0~15 characters
0 LTE ATA
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

SingleRAN

nd
SERIA BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the RAE
LNO 0, RAEDE antenna module.
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
0 LTE ATA
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA
0, RAEDE NULL indicates that the band is not configured or the
BTS390 VICED band fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED),
WCDM DSP Band1(Band1), Band2(Band2), Band3(Band3),
A, RAEDE Band4(Band4), Band5(Band5), Band6(Band6),
LST Band13(Band13), Band14(Band14), Band17(Band17),
RAEDE Band18(Band18), Band19(Band19), Band20(Band20),
VICED Band21(Band21), Band22(Band22), Band23(Band23),
ATA Band24(Band24), Band25(Band25), Band26(Band26),
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd
WIDTH 0, RAEDE Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of the
0 ATA measure the antenna pattern. NULL indicates that the
WCDM DSP beamwidth is not configured or the beamwidth fails to
A, RAEDE be obtained.
0 LTE ATA Unit: degree
LST Actual Value Range: 0~359
RAEDE
ATA
GAIN1 BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1. NULL
0, RAEDE indicates that the gain is not configured or the gain
BTS390 VICED fails to be obtained.
0 ATA GUI Value Range: 0~255
WCDM DSP
A, Unit: 0.1dBi
RAEDE
BTS390 VICED Actual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1
0 LTE ATA Default Value: 0
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: None
RAEDE
ATA

SingleRAN

nd
WCDM DSP
A, Unit: 0.1dBi
RAEDE
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd
RAEDE
ATA
WCDM DSP
A, Unit: 0.1dBi
RAEDE
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: None
RAEDE
ATA

SingleRAN

nd
WCDM DSP
A, Unit: 0.1dBi
RAEDE
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA
DATE BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna is
0, RAEDE installed.
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
0 LTE ATA
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA
INSTA BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation
LLERI 0, RAEDE technician who installed the antenna.
D BTS390 VICED GUI Value Range: 0~5 characters
0 ATA
WCDM Unit: None
DSP
0 LTE ATA
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA

SingleRAN

nd
BSID BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the base station ID.
0, RAEDE GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: None
WCDM DSP Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
A, RAEDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE ATA
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA
SECTO BTS390 MOD None None Meaning: Indicates the AISG sector ID.
RID 0, RAEDE GUI Value Range: 0~32 characters
BTS390 VICED
0 ATA Unit: None
WCDM DSP Actual Value Range: 0~32 characters
A, RAEDE Default Value: NULL(empty string)
BTS390 VICED
0 LTE ATA
LST
RAEDE
VICED
ATA
PwrSwi BSC691 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Type of the RET ALD tributary current
tchRET 0 BTSRX 11202 BTS alarm threshold. When RET ALD Current Alarm
UBP Threshold Type is set to ON, the current alarm
threshold of the port to which the antenna is connected
needs to be set. The value of this parameter depends
on the ALD type and connection mode.
GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(OFF)

SingleRAN

nd
PwrSwi BSC690 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Type of the RET ALD tributary current
tchRET 0 BTSRX 11202 BTS alarm threshold. When RET ALD Current Alarm
UBP Threshold Type is set to ON, the current alarm
threshold of the port to which the antenna is connected
needs to be set. The value of this parameter depends
on the ALD type and connection mode.
Unit: None
THRES BSC691 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: RET Type.

HOLD 0 BTSRX 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE(User Self
TYPER UBP Defined), RET_ONLY_MULTICORE(For RET only
ET (multi-wire cable mode))
Unit: None
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE
Default Value: UER_SELF_DEFINE(User Self
Defined)
THRES BSC690 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: RET Type.

HOLD 0 BTSRX 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE(User Self
TYPER UBP Defined), RET_ONLY_MULTICORE(For RET only
ET (multi-wire cable mode))
Unit: None
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE
Default Value: UER_SELF_DEFINE(User Self
Defined)
UnderC BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Abnormally alarm triggering threshold
urAlmT 0 BTSRX when the RET tributary antenna current is too light.
hdRET UBP When the actual current is lower than the configured
value, the ALD Current Abnormally Alarm is
triggered with the corresponding alarm tributary No.
of 1.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 40

SingleRAN

nd
urAlmT 0 BTSRX when the RET tributary antenna current is too light.
hdRET UBP When the actual current is lower than the configured
of 1.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 40
UnderC BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Abnormally alarm clearance triggering
urClrT 0 BTSRX threshold when the RET tributary antenna current is
hdRET UBP too light. When the actual current is higher than the
configured value, the ALD Current Abnormally
Alarm disappears with the corresponding alarm
tributary No. of 1.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 60
urClrT 0 BTSRX threshold when the RET tributary antenna current is
hdRET UBP too light. When the actual current is higher than the
tributary No. of 1.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 60
OverCu BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Abnormally alarm raise threshold triggered
rAlmTh 0 BTSRX by too heavy current of the RET tributary antenna.
dRET UBP When the actual current is higher than the configured
of 0.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 185

SingleRAN

nd
rAlmTh 0 BTSRX by too heavy current of the RET tributary antenna.
dRET UBP When the actual current is higher than the configured
of 0.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 185
OverCu BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Clearance threshold for the alarm triggered
rClrTh 0 BTSRX when the RET tributary antenna is over current. When
dRET UBP the actual current is below this threshold, the ALD
Current Abnormally Alarm is cleared.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 155
rClrTh 0 BTSRX when the RET tributary antenna is over current. When
dRET UBP the actual current is below this threshold, the ALD
Current Abnormally Alarm is cleared.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 155
DEVIC BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the RET antenna.
T
Unit: None
MOD
BTSRE Actual Value Range: 0~35
RMV
BTSRE
T

SingleRAN

nd
DEVIC BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the RET antenna.
T
Unit: None
MOD
BTSRE Actual Value Range: 0~35
RMV
BTSRE
T
DEVIC BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Name of the RET antenna.
ENAM 0 BTSRE GUI Value Range: 1~64 characters
E T
Unit: None
MOD
DEVIC BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Name of the RET antenna.
ENAM 0 BTSRE GUI Value Range: 1~64 characters
E T
Unit: None
MOD
CTRLP BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the cabinet which controls RET
ORTC 0 BTSRE antenna.
N T GUI Value Range: 0~62
MOD Unit: None
BTSRE
T Actual Value Range: 0~62
Default Value: None
CTRLP BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the cabinet which controls RET
ORTC 0 BTSRE antenna.
MOD Unit: None
BTSRE
Default Value: None
CTRLP BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the subrack where the BTS
ORTSR 0 BTSRE board is located
MOD Unit: None
BTSRE
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
CTRLP BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the subrack where the BTS
ORTSR 0 BTSRE board is located
MOD Unit: None
BTSRE
Default Value: None
CTRLP BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the slot where the board
ORTSN 0 BTSRE controlling the RET antenna is located. For
T SingleRAN BTSs, the valid value ranges from 0 to 8.
MOD For non-SingleRAN BTSs, the valid value ranges
BTSRE from 0 to 23.
T GUI Value Range: 0~23
Unit: None
Default Value: None
CTRLP BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the slot where the board
ORTSN 0 BTSRE controlling the RET antenna is located. For
T SingleRAN BTSs, the valid value ranges from 0 to 8.
MOD For non-SingleRAN BTSs, the valid value ranges
BTSRE from 0 to 23.
T GUI Value Range: 0~23
Unit: None
Default Value: None
CTRLP BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Control port No. of an RET antenna. A
ORTN 0 BTSRE maximum of 6 RET antennas can be connected to the
O T feeder tributary of each control port. For the GATM
MOD board, the valid value ranges from 0 to 5. For RXU
BTSRE boards, 0 indicates ANT_A. 1 indicates ANT_B. 2
T indicates RET. 3 indicates ANT_C. 4 indicates
ANT_D. 5 indicates ANT_E. 6 indicates ANT_F. 7
indicates ANT_G. 8 indicates ANT_H.
Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
CTRLP BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Control port No. of an RET antenna. A
ORTN 0 BTSRE maximum of 6 RET antennas can be connected to the
O T feeder tributary of each control port. For the GATM
MOD board, the valid value ranges from 0 to 5. For RXU
BTSRE boards, 0 indicates ANT_A. 1 indicates ANT_B. 2
T indicates RET. 3 indicates ANT_C. 4 indicates
ANT_D. 5 indicates ANT_E. 6 indicates ANT_F. 7
indicates ANT_G. 8 indicates ANT_H.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
SUBUN BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Number of subunits of the RET antenna.
ITNUM 0 BTSRE 11202 BTS This parameter is valid when Ret Type is set to Multi
T Ret.
MOD GUI Value Range: 1~8
BTSRE Unit: None
T
Default Value: None
SUBUN BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Number of subunits of the RET antenna.
ITNUM 0 BTSRE 11202 BTS This parameter is valid when Ret Type is set to Multi
T Ret.
MOD GUI Value Range: 1~8
BTSRE Unit: None
T
Default Value: None
POLAR BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Type of the antenna polarization.
TYPE 0 BTSRE 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: SINGLE(Single), DUAL(Dual)
T
Unit: None
MOD
BTSRE Actual Value Range: SINGLE, DUAL
T Default Value: DUAL(Dual)
POLAR BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Type of the antenna polarization.
TYPE 0 BTSRE 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: SINGLE(Single), DUAL(Dual)
T
Unit: None
MOD
BTSRE Actual Value Range: SINGLE, DUAL
T Default Value: DUAL(Dual)

SingleRAN

nd
PwrSwi BSC691 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: When ANT_A ALD Power Switch is set to
tchA 0 BTSRX 11202 BTS ON, the current alarm threshold of the port to which
UBP the antenna is connected needs to be set. The ALD
system type varies according to the ALD type and
connection mode. Therefore, an ALD system type
needs to be selected to determine the default value of
the current alarm threshold. Except
UER_SELF_DEFINE1 and UER_SELF_DEFINE2,
other values of ANT_A ALD Current Alarm
Threshold Type indicate one severity level. The alarm
current is fixed and greater than the current required
for normal operation. UER_SELF_DEFINE2
indicates two alarm severity levels: warning alarms
and major alarms. The alarm current is fixed and
greater than the current required for normal operation.
UER_SELF_DEFINE3 indicates two alarm severity
levels: warning alarms and major alarms. The warning
alarm current is periodical pulse current, while the
major alarm current is fixed.
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd
PwrSwi BSC690 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: When ANT_A ALD Power Switch is set to
tchA 0 BTSRX 11202 BTS ON, the current alarm threshold of the port to which
UBP the antenna is connected needs to be set. The ALD
system type varies according to the ALD type and
connection mode. Therefore, an ALD system type
needs to be selected to determine the default value of
the current alarm threshold. Except
UER_SELF_DEFINE1 and UER_SELF_DEFINE2,
other values of ANT_A ALD Current Alarm
Threshold Type indicate one severity level. The alarm
current is fixed and greater than the current required
for normal operation. UER_SELF_DEFINE2
indicates two alarm severity levels: warning alarms
and major alarms. The alarm current is fixed and
greater than the current required for normal operation.
UER_SELF_DEFINE3 indicates two alarm severity
levels: warning alarms and major alarms. The warning
alarm current is periodical pulse current, while the
major alarm current is fixed.
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd
ChkMo BSC691 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Alarm mode of the ANT_A tributary of an
dA 0 BTSRX 11202 BTS RXU board. There are three alarm modes. Alarm
UBP mode 1 has only one type of alarms. The alarm current
is fixed and greater than the normal working current.
Alarm mode 2 has two types of alarms: warning
alarms and critical alarms. The alarm current is fixed
and greater than the normal working current. Alarm
mode 3 has two types of alarms: warning alarms and
critical alarms. The warning alarm current is
periodical pulse current, while the critical alarm
current is fixed. When the parameter is set to 1,
"ANT_A ALD Current Minor Alarm Occur Th",
"ANT_A ALD Current Minor Alarm Clear Th", "A
ALD Cur-Minor Alarm Over-Cur Duration", and "A
ALD Cur-Minor Alarm N-Cur Duration" cannot be
configured. When the parameter is set to 2, "A ALD
Cur-Minor Alarm Over-Cur Duration", and "A ALD
Cur-Minor Alarm N-Cur Duration" cannot be
configured. When the parameter is set to 3, "ANT_A
ALD Current Minor Alarm Occur Th", and "ANT_A
ALD Current Minor Alarm Clear Th" cannot be
configured.
GUI Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE1(User Self
Defined Type 1), UER_SELF_DEFINE2(User Self
Defined Type 3),
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(For 12 dB non-
AISG TMA), TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(For 24
dB non-AISG TMA), RET_ONLY_COAXIAL(For
RET only (coaxial)), TMA12DB_AISG(For 12 dB
TMA and RET or 12 dB TMA (AISG)),
TMA24DB_AISG(For 24 dB TMA and RET or 24 dB
TMA (AISG))
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE1,
UER_SELF_DEFINE2, UER_SELF_DEFINE3,
TMA24DB_AISG
Default Value: UER_SELF_DEFINE1(User Self
Defined Type 1)

SingleRAN

nd
ChkMo BSC690 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Alarm mode of the ANT_A tributary of an
dA 0 BTSRX 11202 BTS RXU board. There are three alarm modes. Alarm
UBP mode 1 has only one type of alarms. The alarm current
is fixed and greater than the normal working current.
and greater than the normal working current. Alarm
mode 3 has two types of alarms: warning alarms and
critical alarms. The warning alarm current is
periodical pulse current, while the critical alarm
current is fixed. When the parameter is set to 1,
"ANT_A ALD Current Minor Alarm Occur Th",
"ANT_A ALD Current Minor Alarm Clear Th", "A
ALD Cur-Minor Alarm Over-Cur Duration", and "A
ALD Cur-Minor Alarm N-Cur Duration" cannot be
configured. When the parameter is set to 2, "A ALD
Cur-Minor Alarm Over-Cur Duration", and "A ALD
Cur-Minor Alarm N-Cur Duration" cannot be
configured. When the parameter is set to 3, "ANT_A
ALD Current Minor Alarm Occur Th", and "ANT_A
ALD Current Minor Alarm Clear Th" cannot be
configured.
GUI Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE1(User Self
Defined Type 3),
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(For 12 dB non-
AISG TMA), TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(For 24
dB non-AISG TMA), RET_ONLY_COAXIAL(For
RET only (coaxial)), TMA12DB_AISG(For 12 dB
TMA and RET or 12 dB TMA (AISG)),
TMA24DB_AISG(For 24 dB TMA and RET or 24 dB
TMA (AISG))
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE1,
UER_SELF_DEFINE2, UER_SELF_DEFINE3,
TMA24DB_AISG
Default Value: UER_SELF_DEFINE1(User Self
Defined Type 1)

SingleRAN

nd
rAlmTh 0 BTSRX by too heavy current of the ANT_A tributary antenna.
dA UBP When the actual current is higher than the configured
of 0.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 320
rAlmTh 0 BTSRX by too heavy current of the ANT_A tributary antenna.
dA UBP When the actual current is higher than the configured
of 0.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 320
rClrTh 0 BTSRX when the ANT_A tributary antenna is over current.
dA UBP When the actual current is below this threshold, the
ALD Current Abnormal Alarm is cleared.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 280
rClrTh 0 BTSRX when the ANT_A tributary antenna is over current.
dA UBP When the actual current is below this threshold, the
ALD Current Abnormal Alarm is cleared.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 280

SingleRAN

nd
urAlmT 0 BTSRX when the ANT_A tributary antenna current is too
hdA UBP light. When the actual current is lower than the
Alarm is triggered with the corresponding alarm
tributary No. of 1.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 40
urAlmT 0 BTSRX when the ANT_A tributary antenna current is too
hdA UBP light. When the actual current is lower than the
Alarm is triggered with the corresponding alarm
tributary No. of 1.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 40
urClrT 0 BTSRX threshold when the ANT_A tributary antenna current
hdA UBP is too light. When the actual current is higher than the
tributary No. of 1.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 60
urClrT 0 BTSRX threshold when the ANT_A tributary antenna current
hdA UBP is too light. When the actual current is higher than the
tributary No. of 1.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 60

SingleRAN

nd
DEVIC BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the antenna device.
A
Unit: None
MOD
BTSTM Actual Value Range: 0~35
A Default Value: None
RMV
BTSTM
A
DEVIC BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the antenna device.
A
Unit: None
MOD
RMV
BTSTM
A
DEVIC BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Name of the antenna device.
ENAM 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 1~64 characters
E A
Unit: None
MOD
BTSTM Actual Value Range: 1~64 characters
DEVIC BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Name of the antenna device.
ENAM 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 1~64 characters
E A
Unit: None
MOD
PWRS BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Type of TMA power supply: single port or
UPPLY 0 BTSTM 11202 BTS dual ports.
TYPE A GUI Value Range: SINGLE_PORT_POWER(Single
MOD Port Power), DOUBLE_PORTS_POWER(Double
BTSTM Ports Power)
A Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SINGLE_PORT_POWER,
DOUBLE_PORTS_POWER
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
PWRS BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Type of TMA power supply: single port or
UPPLY 0 BTSTM 11202 BTS dual ports.
TYPE A GUI Value Range: SINGLE_PORT_POWER(Single
MOD Port Power), DOUBLE_PORTS_POWER(Double
BTSTM Ports Power)
A Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SINGLE_PORT_POWER,
DOUBLE_PORTS_POWER
Default Value: None
CTRLP BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the cabinet where the board
ORTC 0 BTSTM holding the antenna control port is located.
N A GUI Value Range: 0~62
MOD Unit: None
BTSTM
Default Value: None
CTRLP BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the cabinet where the board
ORTC 0 BTSTM holding the antenna control port is located.
MOD Unit: None
BTSTM
Default Value: None
CTRLP BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the subrack where the board
ORTSR 0 BTSTM holding the antenna control port is located.
MOD Unit: None
BTSTM
Default Value: None
CTRLP BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the subrack where the board
ORTSR 0 BTSTM holding the antenna control port is located.
MOD Unit: None
BTSTM
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
CTRLP BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the slot where the board holding
ORTSN 0 BTSTM the antenna control port is located.For SingleRAN
A BTSs, the valid value ranges from 0 to 8. For non-
MOD SingleRAN BTSs, the valid value ranges from 0 to 23.
BTSTM GUI Value Range: 0~23
A Unit: None
Default Value: None
CTRLP BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Number of the slot where the board holding
ORTSN 0 BTSTM the antenna control port is located.For SingleRAN
A BTSs, the valid value ranges from 0 to 8. For non-
MOD SingleRAN BTSs, the valid value ranges from 0 to 23.
BTSTM GUI Value Range: 0~23
A Unit: None
Default Value: None
SUBUN BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: TMA subunit number.

ITNUM 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 1~8
A
Unit: None
MOD
SUBUN BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: TMA subunit number.

ITNUM 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 1~8
A
Unit: None
MOD
VEND BSC691 ADD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Vendor code of the TMA.
ORCO 0 BTSTM 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: 1~2 characters
DE A
Unit: None
MOD
VEND BSC690 ADD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Vendor code of the TMA.
ORCO 0 BTSTM 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: 1~2 characters
DE A
Unit: None
MOD

SingleRAN

nd
SERIA BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Delivery serial number of the TMA.
LNO 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 1~17 characters
A
Unit: None
MOD
SERIA BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Delivery serial number of the TMA.
A
Unit: None
MOD
HAVET BSC691 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Whether the tower-top amplifier is installed
T1 0 BTSRX 11202 BTS on antenna tributary 1.
UBP GUI Value Range: NO(NO), YES(YES)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NO, YES
Default Value: NO(NO)
Unit: None
ATTEN BSC691 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Attenuation of antenna tributary 1. After a
FACTO 0 BTSRX 11202 BTS BTS is installed with a tower amplifier, set this
R1 UBP parameter based on the field configuration. If this
parameter is set to a great value within the valid range,
the uplink level is weakened greatly, leading to limited
coverage. If this parameter is set to a small value
within the valid range, the uplink level is
strengthened, leading to uplink cross coverage.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
MRRU BSC691 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Attenuation of antenna tributary 1. After a
ATTEN 0 BTSRX 11202 BTS BTS is installed with a tower amplifier, set this
FACTO UBP parameter based on the field configuration. If this
R1 parameter is set to a great value within the valid range,
Unit: dB
Default Value: 4
Unit: dB
Default Value: 4

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: None
Unit: None
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: dB
Default Value: 4
Unit: dB
Default Value: 4
Unit: None
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: dB
Default Value: 4
Unit: dB
Default Value: 4
Unit: None
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: dB
Default Value: 4
Unit: dB
Default Value: 4
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd

ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None
BEARI BSC691 MOD None None Meaning: Azimuth of the antenna.

NG 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 0~3599
ADEVI
Default Value: 0
BEARI BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Azimuth of the antenna.

NG 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 0~3599
ADEVI
Default Value: 0
MODE BSC691 MOD None None Meaning: Model of the module connected to the
LNO 0 BTSTM antenna.
ADEVI GUI Value Range: 1~15 characters
CEDAT
A Unit: None
Default Value: None
MODE BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Model of the module connected to the
LNO 0 BTSTM antenna.
ADEVI GUI Value Range: 1~15 characters
CEDAT
A Unit: None
Default Value: None
0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 1~32 characters
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

0 BTSTM 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: UNUSED(Unused),
ADEVI Band800(800MHz), Band850(850MHz),
Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Band2100, Band2600

Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Band2100, Band2600
WIDTH 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 0~359
1 ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0
1 ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd

ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 0

ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 0

Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Band2100, Band2600

Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Band2100, Band2600
2 ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
2 ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0

ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 0

ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 0

Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Band2100, Band2600

Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Band2100, Band2600

SingleRAN

nd
3 ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0
3 ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0

ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 0

ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 0

Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Band2100, Band2600

SingleRAN

nd

Band2100(2100MHz), Band2600(2600MHz)
Unit: None
Band2100, Band2600
4 ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0
4 ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: degree
Default Value: 0

ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 0

ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 0
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: -100~300
ADEVI
Default Value: 0

0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: -100~300
ADEVI
Default Value: 0

LLERI 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 1~5 characters
D ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

LLERI 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 1~5 characters
D ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

RID 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 1~32 characters
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

RID 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 1~32 characters
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None

SingleRAN

nd
SERIA BSC691 MOD None None Meaning: Serial number of the antenna connected.
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None
SERIA BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Serial number of the antenna connected.
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: None
Default Value: None
GAINR BSC691 MOD None None Meaning: Step of gain change.

ESOLU 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 0~255
TION ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.25dB
Default Value: 0
GAINR BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: Step of gain change.

ESOLU 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 0~255
TION ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 0.25dB
Default Value: 0
SUBUN BSC691 MOD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: SubUnit Type.

ITTYP 0 BTSTM 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: UNSUPPORT(Unsupport),
E ADEVI SUPPORT_BYPASS(Support Bypass),
CEDAT SUPPORT_VSWR(Support VSWR), VSWR/
A BYPASS(Support VSWR and Bypass)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNSUPPORT,
SUPPORT_BYPASS, SUPPORT_VSWR, VSWR/
BYPASS
Default Value: UNSUPPORT(Unsupport)

SingleRAN

nd
SUBUN BSC690 MOD GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: SubUnit Type.

ITTYP 0 BTSTM 11202 BTS GUI Value Range: UNSUPPORT(Unsupport),
E ADEVI SUPPORT_BYPASS(Support Bypass),
CEDAT SUPPORT_VSWR(Support VSWR), VSWR/
A BYPASS(Support VSWR and Bypass)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UNSUPPORT,
SUPPORT_BYPASS, SUPPORT_VSWR, VSWR/
BYPASS
Default Value: UNSUPPORT(Unsupport)
RXMA BSC691 MOD None None Meaning: TMA received maximum frequency.
XFQ 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 0~65535
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 100kHz
Default Value: 0
RXMA BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: TMA received maximum frequency.
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 100kHz
Default Value: 0
RXMIN BSC691 MOD None None Meaning: TMA received minimum frequency.
FQ 0 BTSTM GUI Value Range: 0~65535
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 100kHz
Default Value: 0
RXMIN BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: TMA received minimum frequency.
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 100kHz
Default Value: 0
TXMA BSC691 MOD None None Meaning: TMA transmit maximum frequency.
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 100kHz
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
TXMA BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: TMA transmit maximum frequency.
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 100kHz
Default Value: 0
TXMIN BSC691 MOD None None Meaning: TMA transmit minimum frequency.
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 100kHz
Default Value: 0
TXMIN BSC690 MOD None None Meaning: TMA transmit minimum frequency.
ADEVI
CEDAT Unit: 100kHz
Default Value: 0
AMPC0 BSC691 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Whether to supply power to the TMA on
0 BTSDA 11202 BTS tributary 0.
TUBP GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Unit: None
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd
MODE BSC691 SET None None Meaning:

0 0 BTSDA Alarm mode of feed tributary 0. There are three alarm
TUBP modes.
Alarm mode 1 has only one type of alarms. The alarm
current is fixed and greater than the normal working
current.
and greater than the normal working current.
alarms and critical alarms. The warning alarm current
is periodical pulse current, while the critical alarm
current is fixed.
GUI Value Range: MODE1(Mode1),
MODE2(Mode2), MODE3(Mode3)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: MODE1, MODE2, MODE3
Default Value: MODE1(Mode1)

TUBP modes.
current.
current is fixed.
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd
MAJO BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Critical alarm threshold against excessive
RALM 0 BTSDA TMA feed current of feed tributary 0. When the actual
UP0 TUBP current is greater than the specified value, a TMA feed
current critical alarm is generated.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
UP0 TUBP current is greater than the specified value, a TMA feed
current critical alarm is generated.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
MINOR BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Warning alarm threshold against excessive
ALMU 0 BTSDA TMA feed current of feed tributary 0. When the actual
P0 TUBP current is greater than the specified value, a TMA feed
current warning alarm is generated.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
P0 TUBP current is greater than the specified value, a TMA feed
current warning alarm is generated.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
ALMD0 BSC691 SET None None Meaning: If the feed current of the TMA on tributary
0 BTSDA 0 is smaller than the value of this parameter, the TMA
TUBP Low Temperature alarm is triggered.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 30

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: mA
Default Value: 30
Unit: None
Unit: None

TUBP modes.
current.
current is fixed.
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd

TUBP modes.
current.
current is fixed.
Unit: None
UP1 TUBP current is greater than the specified value, the TMA
feed current critical alarm is generated.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170

SingleRAN

nd
P1 TUBP current is greater than the specified value, the TMA
feed current warning alarm is generated.
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
Unit: mA
Default Value: 30
Unit: mA
Default Value: 30
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: None

TUBP modes.
current.
current is fixed.
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd

TUBP modes.
current.
current is fixed.
Unit: None
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
Unit: mA
Default Value: 30
Unit: mA
Default Value: 30
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: None

TUBP modes.
current.
current is fixed.
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd

TUBP modes.
current.
current is fixed.
Unit: None
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
Unit: mA
Default Value: 30
Unit: mA
Default Value: 30
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: None

TUBP modes.
current.
current is fixed.
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd

TUBP modes.
current.
current is fixed.
Unit: None
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
Unit: mA
Default Value: 30
Unit: mA
Default Value: 30
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: None

TUBP modes.
current.
current is fixed.
Unit: None

SingleRAN

nd

TUBP modes.
current.
current is fixed.
Unit: None
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170

SingleRAN

nd
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
Unit: mA
Default Value: 170
Unit: mA
Default Value: 30
Unit: mA
Default Value: 30
MCN BSC691 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Number of the cabinet where the
0 BTSDA 11202 BTS management board is located. The management board
TUBP refers to the TMU or CCU that directly communicates
with the board.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
MCN BSC690 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Number of the cabinet where the
with the board.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
MSRN BSC691 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Number of the subrack where the
with the board.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
MSRN BSC690 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Number of the subrack where the
with the board.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
MPN BSC691 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Number of the serial port where this board
0 BTSDA 11202 BTS is connected. If this board is connected to the MONx
TUBP port on the UPEU or UEIU board, set this parameter
to x (0 or 1). If this board is connected to the
D_COMx port on the CCU, set this parameter to x (a
value within the range of 0 to 7).
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN

nd
MPN BSC690 SET GBFD-1 O&M of Meaning: Number of the serial port where this board
0 BTSDA 11202 BTS is connected. If this board is connected to the MONx
TUBP port on the UPEU or UEIU board, set this parameter
to x (0 or 1). If this board is connected to the
D_COMx port on the CCU, set this parameter to x (a
value within the range of 0 to 7).
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 12 Counters
12 Counters
There are no specific counters associated with this feature.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 13 Glossary
13 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see the Glossary.

SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature Parameter Description 14 Reference Documents
14 Reference Documents
1. 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide

2. 3900 Series Base Station Commissioning Guide
3. RRU3942 Hardware Description
4. RRU3841 Hardware Description
5. AAU3910 Hardware Description
8. AISU User Manual


ALD Management (SRAN11.1 05)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ALD Management (SRAN11.1 05)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SingleRAN

ALD Management Feature

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 05 (2017-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1

Issue 05 (2017-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on Multimode Base Station).......60

8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)

Issue 05 (2017-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands................................................................105

9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on GBTS Side).............................121

10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment).................................................146

Issue 05 (2017-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

10.7 Possible Issues.......................................................................................................................................................... 160

Issue 05 (2017-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

1 About This Document

Table 1-1 Features related to ALD management

RAT Feature ID Feature Name

GSM MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted

MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt

UMTS MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted

MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt

WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900

LTE FDD LBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control

LTE TDD TDLBFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control

LTE NB-IoT MLBFD-12000421 Remote Electrical Tilt Control

This document applies to the following types of base stations:

BTS Type BTS Model

Macro BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL, BTS3900C, and

Issue 05 (2017-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

1.2 Intended Audience

1.3 Change History

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change Added descriptions about the None

Added descriptions about AAU3970

Editorial change None None

Issue 05 (2017-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change Added descriptions about the None

Added the descriptions about RET

Editorial change Revised descriptions throughout this None

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change Deleted descriptions about the None

Revised descriptions in the third

Added operations related to the

Issue 05 (2017-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Modified descriptions about the

Editorial change Revised descriptions throughout this None

SRAN12.1 Draft B (2017-02-10)

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change Added descriptions about the None

Revised descriptions in the third

Added descriptions about the

Added descriptions about current

Issue 05 (2017-04-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Added descriptions about the

Editorial change None None

SRAN12.1 Draft A (2016-12-30)

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change